{"response":{"docs":[{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1640","title":"Court Filings: District Court, affidavit of Joy C. Springer","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Springer, Joy C."],"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Education--Economic aspects","Educational law and legislation","Lawyers","Court records"],"dcterms_title":["Court Filings: District Court, affidavit of Joy C. Springer"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1640"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["judicial records"],"dcterms_extent":["116 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":["Springer, Joy C."],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"The transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.  I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. v. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL, ET AL. MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL. KATHERINE KNIGHT, ET AL. PLAINTIFFS DEFENDANTS INTERVENORS INTERVENORS AFFIDAVIT OF JOY C. SPRINGER STATE OF ARKANSAS) SS) COUNTY OF PULASKI) Comes now the affiant, Joy c. Springer, who submits the following affidavit under oath: A, EDUCATION AND EMPLOYMENT HISTORY 1. I received a BSBA degree in three years from Henderson State University in Arkadelphia, Arkansas in 1977. I was also selected as a member of Who's Who Among American College and University Students in 1977. I was a member of the student Senate and served on one of the first Human Relations Committees at the University. I am currently enrolled at the University of Arkansas at Little Rock pursuing a master's degree in Elementary Education having completed approximately 40 hours. My post graduate work in education was necessitated by my current job 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I responsibilities and the need to become more familiar w~th educational terminology and concepts. In May, 1995, I was selected as a charter member of Alpha Sigma Lambda Honor Society with a GPA of 3.9. 2. In 1978, I was employed by Allstate Insurance Company as a telephone claims representative in the Little Rock, Arkansas claims office. This office concentrated on handling personal lines insurance claims. Having completed one year of employment, I was recognized as Employee of the Year. over the next several years, I received a number of promotions. Around 1985, I was promoted to Casualty Claim Manager for the State of Arkansas. I was responsible for the training and supervision of claim representatives for the entire state. This training included proper investigation of auto, homeowner and bodily injury claims. I was also a budget manager. I was responsible for reviewing and analyzing claim data (past and present) for use in the preparation of budgets from year to year. The office had a list of goals and commitments for which I was responsible for tracking and reporting to the Regional office. In addition to these duties, I was responsible for the assigning of complaints, which were in the form of lawsuits, to defense attorneys over the entire state for the purpose of providing proper defense to policy holders and the company. I worked closely with our defense attorneys by making periodic contacts with them to monitor the progress of the pending litigation. I was also responsible for maintaining a trial log. I provided monthly 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I reports to our Regional office. Having worked in a claims office for over ten years, I have extensive training and experience in procedure implementation and compliance, data analysis, time management, file organization, research, and investigations. 3. Most of my actual paralegal training has been on the job for the last five years. However, during my previous employment, many of my paralegal skills were developed. Because of my previous job experience, I was already very familiar with many of the tasks that I currently perform as a paralegal. B, OVERVIEW OF WORK IN THIS CASE 4. Around January, 1990, I went to work full time for John w. Walker, P.A. One of my assignments from Mr. Walker was the Pulaski County school desegregation case. I have attended all of the Court hearings in the Pulaski county school case for the last four years. My work on the school case has included the following tasks: a. reading and review of the Office of Desegregation Monitoring and the three districts' monitoring and status reports, and preparing position papers and memoranda for lead counsel for review and discussion; b. review of all pleadings and orders in this case, and preparing position papers and memoranda for lead counsel for review and discussion; c. overseeing the monitoring activities of the Joshua monitoring team during the 1990-1991, 1991-92, 1992-93 and 1993- 94 school years (see also paragraphs 4 - 11 below); 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I d. conducting monthly and bimonthly meetings with Joshua monitoring team members to discuss findings during scheduled and unscheduled monitoring visits; e. ensuring that monitoring teams visited every school in the three school districts during the 1991-92 and 1992-93 school years; f. review and discussion of monitoring reports prepared by Joshua team members with lead counsel and team members; g. dissemination of Joshua's monitoring reports to the parties, Office of Desegregation Monitoring and the Court; h. initiating and scheduling of meetings and conferences with the Office of Desegregation Monitoring to secure their monitoring schedules and areas of monitoring priorities for the school year; i. pre-hearing preparations which included interviewing of witnesses, preparation of exhibits, organization of exhibits, file organization and consulting with lead counsel on the issues to be presented at Court; j. abstracting of witness testimony during Court hearings; k. assisting lead counsel with exhibits during court hearings; 1. assisting lead counsel with witness testimony during court hearings; m. representing class members in the Little Rock, 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Pulaski County and North Little Rock school districts to ensure implementation of plan provisions for nondiscriminatory practices with respect to discipline and educational placement (see paragraphs 12-18 below); n. contacts with district officials in the three districts to request information with respect to plan provisions and implementation; o. handling telephone calls from class members in the three districts with respect to educational placement, student rights, discipline and plan provisions; p. draft of motions and draft responses to pleadings; q. attending school board meetings and meetings between the parties with respect to plan implementation and proposed modifications; and r. management and organization of the case file, a significant task due to its volume and the need to draw upon its content. C. JOSHUA INTERVENORS' MONITORING REPORTS 4. Since the settlement agreement, the Joshua Intervenors have completed three comprehensive monitoring reports for the years 1990-91, 1991-92 and 1992-93. I spent a considerable amount of time working on these reports and am familiar with the manner in which information was gathered, the content of the reports, and the roles played by the persons involved in preparing each report, whom it was my responsibility to supervise. 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 5. The first year of its monitoring, the team visited approximately thirty (30) schools in the Little Rock, Pulaski County and North Little Rock school districts. This report reflected findings at the Incentive schools, in the Little Rock School District, in the following areas: curriculum; student educational plans; discipline; recruitment; parental involvement; biracial committees; classroom findings; interim reports; budget management; staffing; and general concerns. The remaining schools which included elementary and secondary schools were monitored in the areas of: curriculum; discipline; staffing; and general concerns. of these schools. A team of at least three persons visited each One team member met with the principal to ask general questions about student enrollment by race and gender, staff makeup by race and gender, curriculum expectations, parental involvement, discipline expectations, etc. as contemplated by the respective desegregation plans. The remaining team members visited at least one classroom on every grade level, including resource rooms and specialty programs and made contact with the guidance counselor and other support staff in each of the respective schools. This Joshua report and the reports for the next two school years differed from reports later prepared by the Office of Desegregation Monitoring in that they were based upon visits to a more representative number of schools and contained more anecdotal information from students, parents and staff, including information secured during the school visits and in the course of day-to-day work in monitoring the 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I agreements. Much of the statistical data reflected in the report came from the school's profile. The final report for 1990-1991 consisted of 142 pages of Joshua's findings and recommendations. A copy was initially provided to the central administration of each school district. Later, based upon requests which we received, we provided full copies and/or excerpts to other persons including the representatives of the desegregation offices and individual schools who sought particular portions pertaining to their schools. 6. The other persons who participated in the preparation of the 1990-91 report were Kirke Herman, Evelyn Jackson, and Clementine Rouse, each of whom had a background of teaching in public schools in one of the three Districts; Opal Sims, who taught at the Little Rock Job Corp Center, substituted in the Little Rock School District for a year and monitored federal programs for ACTION, now referred to as Corporation for National Service; and named class representative Lorene Joshua. This report was written by Ms. Sims and me and reviewed by lead counsel, John w. Walker, who had also participated in defining the team's overall approach. 7. During the 1991-92 school year, Joshua's monitoring team members visited every school in the three districts. The team members decided to start with the Pulaski County School District during this school year since Little Rock was monitored first in 1990-91. Afterwhich, North Little Rock was monitored and finally Little Rock. once again, the areas addressed in the monitoring 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I report were: curriculum; discipline; parental involvement; staffing; and general areas of concern. The areas addressed in the Incentive school report for 1990-91 were discussed again. The same general approach was followed whereby a team visited certain schools with at least one monitor holding a conference with the principal and the other team members making visits to the other classrooms as previously indicated. In this report, the team members felt it necessary to indicate to the schools their areas of strengths along with their areas of concerns. Statistical data was gathered from the school's profile and from the school's principal. The team once again felt that it was important to include anecdotal findings from students, parents and staff members, drawn both from the monitoring visits and other work. The final report for the 91-92 school year was completed and filed with the Court on or about June 5, 1992 by LaRhonda Pondexter and myself. The document contained 328 pages of Joshua's findings for over 119 schools that were visited. It was shared with all parties and others, in a manner similar to the previous year. The report indicated that there was a substantial amount of noncompliance by each of the districts regarding their commitments to address achievement disparities, discipline disparities, integrated parental involvement, student assignments, integrated staffing, overrepresentation in special education and underrepresentation in gifted programs and advanced placement classes. 8. In addition to the co-author, LaRhonda Pondexter, the 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I persons who participated in the second year monitoring efforts were Kirke Herman, Evelyn Jackson, Lorene Joshua, Clementine Rouse, and a second new team member, Delores Sykes, a retired teacher from Rockefeller Incentive School of the Little Rock School District. This report was also reviewed by lead counsel, John W. Walker. 9. The last comprehensive report by the Joshua Intervenors was completed and filed with the Court on or about June 27, 1993. It consisted of 396 pages of the team's findings and recommendations to the three school districts, following visits to every school in the three systems. This report followed the same format as the two previous reports. The report reeked with continued noncompliance regarding desegregation commitments. Joshua Intervenors followed the same approach as the previous years in disseminating the report. 10. The third report was written by Deborah Parker and myself. Other team members were Kirke Herman, Clementine Rouse, Delores Sykes, and Lorene Joshua. Lead counsel, John w. Walker again reviewed this report. 11. Following each report, we received responses and feedback to what we had written. Persons who called and provided written responses were the assistant superintendents for desegregation in the Little Rock and Pulaski County districts (multiple occasions); principals from all of the districts (multiple occasions); members from the Incentive School Parent Council and Biracial committees; patrons of the Districts; as 9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I well as representatives of newspapers and television stations who publicized on several occasions our findings of noncompliance and recommendations. A number of the school representatives thanked us for undertaking this work and stated that they would address the concerns in areas such as deficiencies in the Incentive school program, discipline, staff racial composition, student assignments, enrollment in gifted programs, participation in extracurricular activities, etc., which the reports by Joshua Intervenors identified. D. ASSISTANCE TO CLASS MEMBERS FACING DISCIPLINE 12. Each plan requires that discipline be carried out in a manner that is free of racial discrimination. See LRSD Plan, pages 33-34, PCSSD Plan, pages 73-76, and NLRSD Plan pages 41-42. Nevertheless, data reported for each system, during the period after approval the settlement, has repeatedly established that black students, particularly black males, are disciplined more frequently and severely than white students. During the 1990-91 school year, lead counsel, John W. Walker assigned me the task of representing class members threatened with discipline by one of the three systems, and their parents, in order to secure for them the benefits of the relevant plan's protection against racial discrimination in discipline. As shown by the attached summary of my work, this has been one of my significant activities since that time. 13. In the course of this work on discipline, I have represented at hearings a total of approximately 120 class 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I members. I have also assisted a significant number of class members experiencing discipline problems by a telephone call to the student's teacher, principal, or central office administrator. These discipline problems have also been resolved through appeal at the hearing officer level for the Little Rock School District, the Discipline committee level for the Pulaski County Special School District and the Assistant Superintendent for Student Affairs level for the North Little Rock School District. I have assisted class members in all three school districts with approximately 75-80% concerning Little Rock schools. I have attended hearings at among other the following schools: Little Rock Elementary schools - Mabelvale, Washington, Franklin, Mitchell, Rockefeller, Ish, Rockefeller, Martin Luther King, Fulbright, Jefferson, Woodrow, Fair Park, Badgett, Baseline, Geyer Springs; Little Rock Junior High schools - Horace Mann, Dunbar, Southwest, Cloverdale, Henderson, Mabelvale, Pulaski Heights and Forest Heights, Cloverdale, and Mabelvale; Little Rock High Schools - central, Fair, Parkview, Hall, J.A. Fair and McClellan; North Little Rock schools - North Little Rock East and West campuses, Ridgeroad and Lakewood Junior Highs, Boone Park, Bellwood, and Rose City elementary schools; Pulaski County Elementary schools - Fuller, Bates, Sylvan Hills, Sherwood, Jacksonville, Homer Atkins, Baker, Lawson, Landmark, and Crystal Hill elementary schools; Pulaski county Junior High schools - Jacksonville North and south Junior High, Fuller, Sylvan Hills, Northwood, and Oak Grove; Pulaski County High 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I schools - Jacksonville, North Pulaski, Sylvan Hills, Mills and Oak Grove. Approximately 75% of the cases in which I represented students, class members were not excluded from school as had initially been proposed. Joshua Intervenors also used in another way the information learned in representing these class members. When there appeared to be a problem of racial discrimination in a particular school, we notified the Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent of the particular district. In some schools, as a result of my work, I have detected that class members are treated more fairly in the discipline process, although, there remains a need for improvement. 14. It is clear to me that racial discrimination affects the discipline process in these three school systems in a variety of ways. For example, there are instances of teachers and administrators being insensitive to the fact that a student acted out as a result of racial harassment, advocating exclusion from school and not proposing to utilize in-school suspension or other non-exclusionary placement, proposing harsh discipline for trivial conduct, etc . E. OTHER ASSISTANCE TO CLASS MEMBERS FACING DISPARATE TREATMENT 15. Each of the districts also requires that class members receive educational opportunities that they have previously been denied but for racial discrimination such as participation in extracurricular activities, participation in gifted and talented and advanced placement programs, etc. See LRSD Plan pages 39-40; 12 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I NLRSD Plan pages 39-40; and PCSSD Plan pages 69-70. These plans also require that class member placement in special education programs be free of racial discrimination. See LRSD Plan pages 111-123; NLRSD Plan pages 16-23; and PCSSD Plan pages 44-52. 16. However, data reported from each of the three districts since the settlement agreement continue to show that black students are placed in special education programs more frequently and at a higher rate than white students. Black student participation in extracurricular activities such as Honor Society, Beta Club, Student Government Association, etc. remained predominately white. In addition, white students continue to be placed in advanced placement and gifted and talented programs at a higher rate than black students. As a result of these statistics, personal and telephone conferences with class member parents, lead counsel, John w. Walker also assigned me the task of participating in conferences with parents of students with concerns about educational placement. 17. I have participated in over 50 conferences over the last five years regarding educational placement. I have assisted class members in all three districts with approximately 75-80% concerning Little Rock schools. I have attended conferences in Little Rock Elementary schools - Mabelvale, Washington, Franklin, Mitchell, Rockefeller, Ish, Rockefeller, Martin Luther King, Fulbright, Jefferson, Woodrow, Fair Park, Badgett, Baseline, Geyer springs; Little Rock Junior High schools - Horace Mann, Dunbar, Southwest, Cloverdale, Henderson, 13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I Mabelvale, Pulaski Heights and Forest Heights, Cloverdale, and Mabelvale; Little Rock High schools - Central, Hall, J.A. Fair and Parkview; Pulaski Elementary schools - Fuller, Bates, Sylvan Hills, Sherwood, Jacksonville, Homer Atkins, Baker, Lawson, Landmark, and Crystal Hill elementary schools; Pulaski County Junior High schools - Jacksonville North and South, Fuller, Sylvan Hills and Oak Grove; Pulaski county High schools - Mills, Sylvan Hills, North Pulaski and Jacksonville; and North Little Rock schools - North Little Rock East and West campuses, Ridgeroad and Lakewood Junior High schools and Bellwood and Boone Park Elementary schools. I would say in 90-95% of the conferences held, the parent was satisfied with the outcome of the educational placement. Joshua representatives have employed the knowledge and information gained in these conferences to alert district administrators to perceived problems of racial discrimination. 18. In addition to the work previously outlined above, I had personal and telephone conferences with parents of class members to provide assistance and direction regarding student assignments, transportation, and general concerns about school operations. over the past five years, I have had over 500 conferences of this nature. I would estimate that approximately 85-90% of these had satisfactory results in that a resolution was reached satisfying the parent and class member. 19. Finally, I have also been instructed by lead counsel to conference with black staff members in all three Districts to 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I listen, assist and give direction regarding problems they perceive as violative of the Consent Decree herein. A number of these conferences have addressed disparate treatment of student and staff relating to the overall school operation. However, many have to do with perceived racial discrimination by the Districts with respect to their individual employment. I have had conferences with approximately 20 staff members in all three Districts. I have had conferences with staff from the following schools in Little Rock: Rockefeller, Wakefield, Garland, Mitchell, Gibbs, Franklin, Mabelvale, Parkview, Central, Hall, Pulaski Heights, Forest Heights, Southwest, Cloverdale and Mabelvale. I have given other assistance to staff member in the following schools in North Little Rock: West and East campuses, Alternative school and Ridgeroad Junior High school; and Oak Grove High, Sylvan Hills Elementary and Junior High, Fuller Junior High and Mills High schools in Pulaski County. l, HOURS CLAIMED, HOURLY RATE AND OTHER INFORMATION 20. Attachment 1 to this affidavit denotes 3169.1 hours which I have worked on this matter from June, 1990 to October 31, 1995 including time for preparation of this fee statement. I have worked closely with Mr. Robert Pressman and Mr. John Walker since September, 1995 regarding the compilation and preparation of this motion, memorandum, affidavits, fee petitions, expense statements and other related documents. With respect to the time expended by me regarding this massive undertaking, my actual time 15 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I ,, I I I records reflect that I have worked for more than 12 hours a day from November 8, 1995 to November 20, 1995 including Saturdays and Sundays. The time expended during this period of time is in excess of 150 hours. Because I had already reviewed and organized many of the documents used for the preparation of this motion, I only make claim for ~ hours. I believe this request is reasonable given the voluminous nature of this case file. No time is being claimed for orientation of Mr. Pressman. My time statement excludes time for the following matters related to this case: a. the Little Rock Rezoning case; b. fees already awarded by this court regarding the ADE matter in 1993; and c. fees related to the PCSSD reorganization in 1993. 21. I compiled from the check registers maintained by Mr. Henry Hall, office manager for John W. Walker, P.A. information showing the following total payments reimbursed to me for mileage costs and other monitoring expenses in the case of LRSD v PCSSD in the years 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, and 1995. The totals are: 1991 - $1669.29 1992 - $1523.97 1993 - $75.00 1994 - $1208.75 1995 - $265.00 Total - $4742.01 These payments are evidenced by the \"checks stubs\" maintained by Mr. Hall for the following checks. 1991 12022 12028 12253 12509 16 627.00 50.00 94.16 222.64 I I I 1 I I I I I ,, I I I I I I I I I 12573 173.64 12668 201.85 12994 300.00 $1669.29 1992 1797 66.19 1817 220.69 1879 1000.00 1935 53.28 2343 100.00 2369 150.00 $1523.97 1993 13599 75 . 00 $75.00 1994 1268 116.15 1439 92.60 15811 1000.00 $1208.75 1995 16457 65 . 00 16463 200.00 $265.00 The records also reveal a payment to Kirke Herman for expenses on February 8, 1995 in the amount of $100.00 (check number 14871). I have also compiled from the check register of Mr. Henry Hall other expenses related to this case such as witnesses fees and copying of the docket. These payments were as follows: ~ !:;hegt Number Pumose Amount 9/16/95 17121 copy of docket $ 60.00 6/23/95 16819 witness fee 40.00 3/3/94 14981 expert witness 215.00 2/15/94 14921 copy of transcript 39.00 'l'otal - $354.00 17 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 22. I am also in a position, based upon my work, to estimate the amount for facsimiles, postage, and copying costs which we have incurred for this case from the period of 1991 through October 1995, a period of 58 months. It is as follows: COPYING *average of 1500 copies per month multiplied by 58 months equals 87,000 copies; *cost at .15 cents per page equals $13,050.00; conservative estimate of cost for copying in absence of records equals $6500.00 (43,333 copies or 747 copies per month, 1 1/2 packages of copy paper). conservative estimate of cost for copying of Joshua monitoring report for years 1991, 1992, and 1993 would be 1000 pages at 10 copies (includes copies for Court, parties and file) equal 10,000 copies *cost of 10,000 copies at .15 cents per page is $1500.00 Total costs for copying - $8000.00 FACSIMILES average of 100 pages of faxed material per month multiplied by 58 months equals 5800 copies; cost at .10 cents per page equals $580.00; average of 1 case of facsimile paper per month at a cost of $33.18 by 58 months equals $1924.44 *conservative estimate of cost for faxing documents totals $2504.44 in absence of records equals $1250.00 Total fax costs - $1250.00 POSTAGB average of 25 letters to the eight counsel (two to LRSD and one for file) of record per month multiplied by 58 months 58 months equals 11600 letters; 18 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I average cost of postage per letter@ .55 equals $6380.00 *conservative estimate of cost for postage totals $3190.00 in absence of records Total postage costs $3190.00 23. My other work in the Walker firm includes personal injury claim handling, interviewing of potential clients for other cases being handled by the office, conferring with potential clients regarding other school matters across the state, and other duties as assigned by Mr. Walker for which the office currently bills my time at the rate of $50.00 per hour. It is the practice in the Little Rock area to bill paralegal time separately. 24. In the course of my employment at the Walker firm, I have also worked on the following cases: Robert Webb, et al v Missouri Pacific Railroad (employment discrimination); McFadden v Arkansas state Hospital (employment discrimination); Lou-Ease Simmons v Augusta School District (school case/tracking); Judy Smith v Harvest Foods (employment discrimination); Gay Rusk v Stuttgart School District (employment discrimination); Richard Day and Calvin Hollowell v Randy Johnson (employment discrimination); Angela Piggee v Hope School District (employment discrimination); Willie Ashford v The City of !fmburg, et al, (police brutality) and Gloria Leapheart v city of Morrilton (employment discrimination) to name a few. I was awarded a fee of $45.00 per hour in the case of McFadden, et al. y Arkansas State Hospital, Civ. No. LR-C-78-153 as recently as April, 1995 19 I I I I I ., I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I for my work. 23. My work as a paralegal in this case minimizes the fee liability of the districts by reducing the lawyer time expended on the case. I have read the foregoing affidavit and it is true and correct to the best of my knowledge SPRINGER I f1~UBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this ?,.{day of 1/vb-{ , 1995. NOTARY PUBLIC MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: Ci/ 17 l'-1.0~ 20 I I I I I I I ,, I I I I I I I I I I I J IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT V. NO. LR-C-PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. ACTIVITY STATEMENT OF JOY CHARLES SPRINGER DATE ACTIVITY TIME 6/28/90 Conference with JWW regarding Pulaski .5 County School case 6/28/90 Reading and review of Pulaski County 1.5 school settlement agreement 6/29/90 Conference with JWW regarding Incentive 3.5 school hearing; Preparation for hearing; review of Incentive school plan 6/30/90 Prehearing conference with JWW; Hearing 8.0 before Judge Wright re: Incentive school hearing; abstract of witness testimony 8/5/90 Review of LRSD desegregation plan 3.5 8/21/90 Review of LRSD desegregation plan 4.0 9/8/90 Review of PCSSD desegregation plan 4.0 10/15/90 Review of NLRSD desegregation plan 2.5 1/5/91 Conference with JWW re: implemetationn 3.0 of desegregation plan and discussion re: assistance Joshua can provide to parties re: implementation and identification of problem areas c:\\wpdos\\jcs.stmt 1 PLAINTIFF DEFENDANTS AMOUNT I I I I I I I I I I I , , I I I I I I I 1/6/91 1/8/91 1/9/91 1/10/91 1/11/91 1/11/91 1/14/91 1/15/91 1/24/91 1/25/91 1/30/91 2/4/91 2/18/91 c:\\wpdos\\jcs.atmt Conference with JWW re: plan 1.0 implementation, assistance to District, and identification of problem areas Pre-meeting conference with JWW; 1.9 meeting school district officials and lawyers regarding modifications to desegregation plan; took notes; post meeting conference Meeting with school district officials and 6.0 lawyers regarding plan modifications; post meeting conference with JWW Meeting with school districts officials and 5.5 lawyers regarding plan modifications Conference with PCSSD attorney, SJ, to 3.0 discuss plan modifications; travel to his office; parking $4.25 Preparation of memorandum to JWW re: 2.0 meetings with respect to plan modifications Discussion of monitoring instrument with 2.5 JWW; preparation of same Preparation of monitoring instrument 4.0 Preparation for hearing re: Aersospace 4.5 proposal; telephone confemce with CJ re: implementation procedure; telephone with PCSSD,NLRD, LRSD re: implmentation procedure; preparation of exhibits; conference with JWW re: trial strategy Hearing before Judge Wright re: 1.0 Aerospace grant proposal Continued review of Aerospace proposal 2.0 Continued review of Aerospace proposal 2.0 and LRSD desegregation plan Deafted proposal for monitoring activities 6.5 and instrument for Joshua monitoring team 2 I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2/25/91 2/26/91 2/26/91 2/27/91 2/27/91 2/27/91 2/28/91 2/28/91 c:\\wpdos\\jcs.stmt Conference with Joshua team members to 3.0 discuss monitoring activities and instrument; updated monitoring instrument; discussed LRSD schools to be monitored; conference with JWW Used personal vehicle for travel to Mitchell 1.5 Incentive school to monitor Incentive school program with Joshua team members; conference with principal and visted classrooms Used personal vehicle for travel to lsh 1.5 Incentive school to monitor Incentive school program with Joshua team members; conference with principal and visted classrooms Used personal vehicle for travel to Garland 2.0 Incentive school to monitor incentive school program; conference with principal and visited classrooms Used personal vehicle for travel to 1.5 Stephens lncentve school to mointor incentive school program; conference with principal and visted classrooms Used personal vehicle for travel to 1.5 Rightsell Incentive school to monitor incentive school program; confemce with principal and visited classrooms Used personal vehicle for travel to 2.0 Rockefeller Incentive school to monitor incentive school program; conference with principal and visited clasrooms Conference with team members to discuss 2.5 results of monitoring visits and discussion of monitoring instrument for Incentive schools 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3/1/91 3/4/91 3/4/91 3/5/91 3/5/91 3/6/91 3/6/91 3/7/91 3/7/91 3/7/91 c:\\wpdoa\\jcs.stmt Conference with team members to further 1.5 discuss findings from incentive school visits and formulate draft report on findings Used personal vehicle for travel to lsh and 2.3 Mitchell Incentive schools to observe extended programs Preparation of draft report re: first week's 2.5 observations and findings at Incentive schools Used personal vehicle for travel to LRSD 1.5 elementary schools -Geyer Springs and Cloverdale for discussion and inspection of construction at these school with administration. Court approval? Preparation of report regarding visits to 1.3 elementary "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1666","title":"Court Filings: District Court, affidavit of Opal Sims and affidavit of Ramsey Eddington","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Sims, Opal","Eddington, Ramsey"],"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Education--Economic aspects","Educational law and legislation","Lawyers","Court records"],"dcterms_title":["Court Filings: District Court, affidavit of Opal Sims and affidavit of Ramsey Eddington"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1666"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["judicial records"],"dcterms_extent":["47 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":["Sims, Opal","Eddington, Ramsey"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"The transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.  I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. V. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. LORENE JOSHUA ET AL. KATHERINE KNIGHT, ET AL. STATE OF ARKANSAS COUNTY OF .~ O;rJ{)le.., AFFIDAVIT OF OPAL SIMS ) )ss. ) PLAINTIFFS DEFENDANTS INTERVENOR$ INTERVENORS Comes now the affiant, Opal Sims, who submits the following affidavit under oath: 1. I received a B.A Degree from the University of Arkansas at Pine Bluff in the Spring of 1980. My program involved a major in the area of physical education and a minor in science. 2. I worked as a substitute teacher in the Plum Bayou Tucker School District during the 1980-81 school year. In 1982 and 1983, I worked in the Job Corps center located in Little Rock. During a part of this employment, I taught a \"life skills\" course to persons served by the center. In 1984 and 1985, I worked as a program manager for Arkansas Career Resources, a non-profit agency located in Little Rock. My work involved developing programs to promote the movement of women from welfare status I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I to involvement in the work force. 3. I was employed as a \"state program specialist\" by the Action Agency, an agency of the United States Government, from February 1986 until 1990. The Action Agency provides funds to generate volunteer activities and takes measures to promote use of the monies in an effective manner, consistent with federal regulations. My work included management oversight, program development, training, program evaluation, and monitoring of programs. My monitoring activities involved on-site review of 25 to 30 programs a year and included observation of the programs, review of records, interviews, and preparation of written reports to the regional office of the Action Agency. 4. I was employed by the John W. Walker law firm in the period from April 8, 1991 through July 7, 1991, as one of the members of the team which prepared the first Joshua Monitoring Report. My work included the following tasks: helping to develop the monitoring instrument; visiting schools; interviewing principals, teachers, and support staff; observing classes; compiling data; writing reports on findings at particular schools; conferring with other monitoring team members and John W. Walker; and helping to write the overall monitoring report, including the recommendations. 5. During my work at the Walker firm, I prepared daily records reflecting the time which I worked and the nature of my activities. Attachment One to this Affidavit sets forth my time and activities, based upon those records. I have read the foregoing affidavit and it is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and information. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I OPAL SI SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this ,2,/ day of /(J{),1,\u002641{) /J$/ , 1995. MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: 9/ n f:ul!::, YPUBLIC I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ACTMTY STATEMENT - OPAL SIMS In reference to: Little Rock School District, et al. v. Pulaski County Special School District, et al.; Lorene Joshua, et al.; Katherine Knight, et al. (lntervenors) DATE 04/08/91 04/09/91 04/09/91 04/10/91 04/10/91 04/11/91 04/11/91 04/12/91 04/12//91 04/15/91 1991 ACTMTY HOURS Reviewed monitoring instruments; reviewed PCSSD proposed desegregation plan 6.6 Reviewed PCSSD's proposed desegregation plan 3.0 Visit to lsh Incentive School to monitor classes and conference with school principal 4.0 Reviewed interdistrid desegregation plan 3.0 Visit to Garland Incentive School to monitor classes; visit with teachers and held conference with principal 4.0 Reviewed NLRSD's desegregation plan 3.0 Visit to Stephens Incentive school to monitor classes; visit teachers and instrudional aides; and held conference with principal 4.6 Visit with Dr. Cheryl Simmons to discuss increasing parent involvement in school and to schedule parent meeting for an evening at the school .6 Meeting with Joshua monitoring group to review visits for week and to plan reporting 2. 7 Worked on locating phone numbers, addresses of parents with children attending Garland Incentive School; worked on letter notifying parents of meeting scheduled for 4/18 3.0 1 I I DATE ACTIVITY HOURS I 04/15/91 Picked up mailing list of Garland Incentive School parents from LRSD Administrative offices .3 I 04/15/91 Worked on mailing notices for Thursday night meeting at Garland Incentive School 6.0 I 04/16/91 Brady Elementary School observation of classrooms and conference with principal 3.0 I 04/16/91 Went to Bale Elementary School to drop off survey to Mrs. Wilson .5 I 04/16/91 Visited Fuller Jr. High and Mills High School for principal's conferences and classroom observations 4.0 I 04/17/91 Compiled notes from monitoring visits made to Garland, I Stephens, and Bale Elementary Schools 3.0 04/18/91 Attended meeting between attorneys for the PCSSD, LRSD and I Joshua to discuss desegregation plan 2.0 04/18/91 Observation of classroom and conference with principal at I Romine Elementary School 3.0 04/19/91 Conference with monitoring team Mrs. Charles and Mrs. Rouse I to review visits made during the period 4/15-4/18 and to plan for week of 4/22-4/26 1.5 I 04/19/91 Made phone calls to elementary schools to schedule visits for week beginning 4/22 and prepared folders on each school 5.0 I 04122/91 Visit to Fairpark Elementary School for principal confrerence and classroom observation 3.0 I 04/22/91 Visit to Badgette Elementary school for principal conference and classroom observation 2.0 I 04/23/91 Visit to Mabelvale Elementary School for principal conference and classroom observation 2.0 I 04/23/91 Visit to Chicot Elementary School for principal conference and I 2 I I I DATE ACTIVITY HOURS I classroom observation 2.0 I 04/24/91 Visits made to Baseline \u0026 Meadowcliff Elementary Schools for principal conferences and classroom observation 5.5 I 04/25/91 Visits made to Fulbright, Williams and Jefferson Elementary Schools for principal conferences and classroom observation 6.0 I 04/29/91 Visted Wakefield, Geyer Springs and Western Hills Elementary Schools for principal conferences and classroom observation 5.0 I 04/29/91 Made phone calls to parents of Garland Incentive School students to remind them of 4/30 meeting 2.0 I 04/30/91 Visits to Cloverdale, and Watson Elementary Schools for principal conferences and classroom observation 4.0 I 04/30/91 Phone calls to parents about meeting scheduled for 7:30 at Garland Incentive School 1.0 I 04/30/91 Went to Bale Elementary School to pick up survey form. It was not completed as planned (the secretary will call when the form I is completed) .5 04/30/91 Meeting with parents of students attending Garland Incentive I School 2.5 05/01/91 Visits to Gibbs Magnet School and Dunbar Jr. High for I conferences with the principals and classroom observation 4.0 05/02/91 Visit to Mam Magnet and Central High Schools for conference I with principals and classroom observation 4.0 I 05/03/91 Made phone calls to schools in LRSD to schedule appointments for week of 5/6-10 and worked on narratives/survey forms from schools visited during the week 7.0 I 05/06/91 Picked up survey forms from the following schools: Mabelvale Elementary, Wakekfield Elementary, Wilson Elementary, I Western Hills Elementary, Geyer Springs Elementary, Meadowcliff Elementary, Baseline Elementary 5.0 I 3 I I I DATE ACTIVITY HOURS I I 05/06/91 Phone calls to parents to remind them of Tuesday night meeting at Garland Elementary School 2.0 I 05/07/91 Visits to Dunbar Jr. High and Woodruff Elementary for principal conferences 4.0 I 05/09/91 Visits to Metropolitan Vo-Tech and Southwest Jr. High for visit with principals and classroom observation 6.0 I 05/10/91 Organized files and completed survey forms on schools visited to date 4.0 I 05/10/91 Conference with Joshua monitoring team members to plan for I final report and scheduling of visits 2.0 05/13/91 Visited Forest Heights, Jr. High and Mabelvale Jr. High for I conference with the principals and classroom observation 6.0 05/14/91 Visited JA Fair and Washignton Elementary for conference I with the principals and classroom observation 4.0 05/15/91 Visited Scott Elementary and North Little Rock High School for I conference with the principals and classroom observation 5.0 05/17/91 Picked up survey forms from Watson Elementary, Cloverdale I Elementary and Hendeson Jr. High; visited classroom at Henderson Jr. High 2.5 I 05/20/91 Visited Oak Grove Elementary Jr. High and Sr. High for conferences with principals and classroom observation 6.0 I 05/21/91 Visited Robinson Elementary, Robinson Jr. High and Robinson Sr. High for principal's conferences and classroom observation 6.0 I 05122/91 Visits made to Sylvan Hills Elementary, Sylvan Hills Jr. High and Sylvan Hills High School for principal's confrences and I classroom observation 6.0 05/23/91 Visits to Agenta Elementary, and Ridgeroad Middle School for I principal's conferences and classroom observation 4.0 I 4 I I I DATE ACTMTY HOURS I 05/28/91 Visited Metropolitan Vocational-Technical Center for conference with the principal and classroom observation 2.0 I 05/29/91 Made phone calls to schools to schedule appointments to secure survey forms; worked on compiling monitoring materials 6.0 I 05/30/91 Visited LRSD Alternative School Leaming Center for a conference with the principal; also visited Central High School I for classroom observation and teacher conferences 5.5 05/31/91 Visited Scott Elemetary school to pick up survey data; visited I some classrooms. Conference with team members to discuss progress to date 4.0 I 06/03/91 Compiled monitoring materials for report 3.0 I 06/03/91 Franklin Elementary school; helped to conduct interview for Incentive school teachers for the 1991-92 school term 2.0 I 06/04/91 Meeting with Ann Brown, Desegregation Monitor, to discuss monitoring activities in the tri-district schools 2.5 I 06/05/91 Conducted interviews for Incentive School teachers at Franklin Elementary for 1991-92 school year 2.5 I 06/06/91 Picked up survey forms from Fuller Jr. High and MIiis High School 1.0 I 06/07/91 Worked on monitoring report 4.0 06/10/91 Compiled Incentive School data for monitoring report 4.0 I 06/10/91 Participated in interviews for prospective teachers for Franklin I Incentive School for 1991-92 school term 2.5 06/11/91 Worked on LRSD monitoring report 4.0 I 06/12/91 Worked on LRSD monitoring report 6.0 I 06/12/91 Participated in interviews for Franklin Incentive School teaching staff for 1991-92 school year 2.0 I 5 I I I DATE ACTMTY HOURS I 6/13/91 Worked on LRSD monitoring report 7.5 I 06/14/91 Worked on LRSD monitoring report 4.0 06/14/91 Participated in interviews for Franklin Elementary Incentive school I teachers for the 1991-92 school year 3.0 06/17/91 Worked on LRSD monitoring report 7.0 I 06/18/91 Worked on LRSD monitoring report 7.0 I 06/19/91 Worked on monitoring report for LRSD 8.0 I 06/19/91 Conference with Karen Buchanan, principal at Washington Magnet School 2.0 I 06/20/91 Worked on monitoring report for LRSD 6.0 06/21/91 Worked on monitoring report for the LRSD 8.0 I 06/22/91 Participated in interviews for Franklin Incentive School teachers for the 1991-92 school year 3.0 I 06/24/91 Worked on monitoring report for LRSD 6.0 I 06/25/91 Writing of monitoring report section on the LRSD 8.0 06/26/91 Writing monitoring report on LRSD 6.0 I 06/27/91 Writing monitoring report for LRSD 6.0 I 06/28/91 Meeting with teachers from Cloverdale Jr. High School to discuss concerns about the school's administration 3.5 I 06/28/91 Wrote up concerns voiced by Cloverdale Jr. High teachers to be included in the LRSD monitoring report 4.0 I 07/01/91 Worked on monitoring report for PCSSD 7.5 I 07/02/91 Worked on PCSSD monitoring report 6.0 I 6 I - -- -- - - - - - - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DATE 07/03/91 07/03/91 07/05/91 07/06/91 07/08/91 07/09/91 07/09/91 ACTIVITY HOURS Worked on PCSSD monitoring report 4.0 Worked on NLR School District monitoring report 3.0 Compiled numerical data from LRSD, survey forms (incentive, area, magnet elementary schools; magnet and area Jr. High \u0026 magnet and area Sr. High schools) 7.5 Compiled numerical dta from LRSD survey forms (nicentive, area, magnet elementary schools; magnet and area Jr. High schools and magnet and Area High schools) 7.0 Using numerical data from survey froms and talley sheets made revisions to LRSD monitoring report. Also made additional editing/proofing changes 8.0 Worked on revisions to LRSD monitoring report 3.0 Worked on recommendations to be presented to LRSD administrators re: findings/concems from the monitoring report 3.5 TOTAL HOURS EXPENDED 365.3 7 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCKSCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. V. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. LORENE JOSHUA ET AL. KATHERINE KNIGHT, ET AL. STATE OF ARKANSAS COUNTY OF l cnc,KL AFFIDAVIT OF RAMSEY EDDINGTON ) )ss. ) PLAINTIFFS DEFENDANTS INTERVENOR$ INTERVENOR$ Comes now the affiant, Ramsey Eddington, who submits the following affidavit under oath: 1. I am a Certified Public Accountant with my own business located at 201 S. Chester, Little Rock, Arkansas. I compile the business records of John W. Walker, P.A. 2. From data previously secured from the Walker law firm, I compiled the amounts paid by the Walker law firm to Clemetine Rouse, Evelyn Jackson, Delores Sykes, Kirke Herman, Debbie Parker, and LaRhonda Pondexte for the calendar years 1991, 1992, 1993, and 1994. This information is as follows: I I I ., I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PAYEE 1991 1992 1993 1994 Clementine Rouse 2200.00 1000.00 2000.00 Evelyn Jackson 2700.00 Delores Sykes 1000.00 3600.00 3600.00 Kirke Herman 16675.00 8400.00 12732.00 4587.00 Debbie Parker 26,225.81 LaRhonda Pondexter 5218.74 6875.00 I have read the foregoing affidavit and it is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and information. I f.a lr RAMSEt}DDI roN SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this / 7 day of _ _.;.A._' --,-~L';..._;v__. _ _, 1995. MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: 4/ 1'7 / 200 3 / I NOTARY PUBLIC I I I I, I I I' I I I I I I I I II I I I CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I, John W. Walker, hereby certify that a copy of the foregoing Motion and Memorandum of the Joshua lntervenors for an Interim Award of Attorneys' Fees and Costs for Post-Judgment Monitoring have been served individuals listed below, by placing a copy of the same in the United States Mail with sufficient postage prepaid, on this 21st day of November, 1995. Steve Jones, Esq. Jack, Lyon \u0026 Jones, P.A. 3400 Capitol Towers Capitol \u0026 Broadway Streets Little Rock, AR 72201 Christopher Heller, Esq. Friday, Eldredge \u0026 Clark . 2000 First Commercial Building Little Rock, AR 72201 Jerry Malone, Esq. rJo Little Rock School District 81 O West Markham Little Rock, AR 72201 Sam Jones, Esq. Wright, Lindsey \u0026 Jennings 2200 Worthen Bank Building Little Rock, AR 72201 Richard Roachell, Esq. Roachell \u0026 Streett 401 W. Capitol Ave. Suite 504 Little Rock, AR Ms. Ann Brown, Monitor Office of Desegregation Monitoring 201 East Markham, Suite 510 Little Rock, AR 72201 Tim Humphries, Esq. Attorney General's Office 200 Tower Building 323 Center Street Little Rock, Ar 72201  This project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resources. "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1627","title":"Court Filings: District Court, declaration of Robert Pressman and affidavit of Austin Porter Jr.","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["United States. District Court (Arkansas: Eastern District)","Pressman, Robert","Porter, Austin, Jr."],"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Education--Arkansas","Educational law and legislation","Lawyers"],"dcterms_title":["Court Filings: District Court, declaration of Robert Pressman and affidavit of Austin Porter Jr."],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1627"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["judicial records"],"dcterms_extent":["46 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":["Porter, Austin, Jr.","Pressman, Roberta"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"The transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.  I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Little Rock Sch. Dist. v. Pulaski County Spec. Sc. Dist. Number 1 Civil Action No. LR-C-82-866, E.D. Ark., Western Div. DECLARATION OF ROBERT PRESSMAN Robert Pressman swears under penalty of perjury that the following is true and correct: A. Employment in Civil Rights Division (1.) Following my graduation from Columbia Law School in June 1965, I worked as an attorney in the Civil Rights Division, U.S. Department of Justice, from August 2, 1965 ' through July 31, 1970. The Division enforced civil rights laws concerning voting rights, access to public facilities and public accommodations, school desegregation, equal employment opportunity, and freedom from mistreatment by police personnel. My work at various times involved each of these areas. It encompassed giving guidance to the Federal Bureau of Investigation on investigations of possible civil rights violations and compiling factual material and analyzing complex fact patterns, as well as legal research. (2.) For roughly the first two years of my tenure in the Division, I was assigned to work on problems arising in the northern part of Mississippi. During this period, I frequently travelled to Mississippi and, among other things, made appearances in the Carroll County school desegregation case. I also investigated the status of school desegregation in other systems, including Lee County, Pontotoc County, Tunica County, and the City of Corinth. In 1967, the Division was reorganized and my work shifted to 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Illinois. There, I developed facts concerning school segregation in School District 151 of Cook County, Illinois. The Department's suit against that district was its first northern case. I participated in the trial. See United States v. School District 151, 286 F. Supp. 786, 787 (N.D. Ill. 1968); 301 F. Supp. 201, 205 (N.D. Ill. 1969). My Illinois work also included school segregation issue in Cairo, East St. Louis, and Madison County, Illinois. (3.) In 1969, the Division was again reorganized, this time along subject matter lines. I was assigned to the education section. From October 1969 through my departure from the Division at the end of July 1970, I worked principally on Alabama school desegregation issues, particularly on Lee v. Macon County Board of Education, a statewide case involving 100 local districts, as well as state officials. Efforts were underway in this period to secure implementation of plans satisfying the standards of Green v. County School Board. I prepared written comments on issues arising in more than 30 Alabama districts and appeared frequently before the three-judge court (Judges Richard T. Rives, Frank M. Johnson, and H.H. Grooms). I also appeared before Judge Johnson in the separate Montgomery County school desegregation case and prepared for the Department briefs in two appeals from the decisions of the three-judge court in the Lee case. See, for example, Lee v. Macon County Board of Education, 448 F.2d 746, 747 (5th Cir. 1971). (4.) On December 15, 1969, I received a Certificate of Award for outstanding work, in the Attorney General's Twentieth Annual Awards Ceremony. Four of the Division's ninety attorneys were given this award at that time. 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. . Employment at the Center for Law and Education (5.) In August 1970, I began working at the Center for Law and Education (CLE), a component of the federally-funded program of legal services for low-income persons, administered since 1975 by the Legal Services Corporation. As the \"national back-up center'' on education issues for the entire legal services program, the Center's principal role was to promote throughout the program strong representation of clients experiencing education problems. The work consisted of providing advice to legal services personnel on particular client problems; conducting training programs; writing publications and articles; engaging in administrative advocacy; and participating as co-counsel in some cases. My employment at the Center ended as of September 15, 1995, due to lay off, because the Congress chose to eliminate funding for national support programs like CLE. (6.) In 1972, upon its filing, I began working on the Boston school desegregation case as co-counsel for the plaintiff class of Black parents and students. My involvement has continued to the present, although the case is largely inactive with only a few orders remaining in place. See, for example, Morgan v. Hennigan, 379 F. Supp. 410, 414 (O.Mass. 1974) (liability ruling) and Morgan v. McDonough, 540 F. 2d 527, 528 (1st Cir. 1976) (argued appeal in which the court affirmed the placing of the operation of a high school in receivership). Through the years, I had the occasion in Morgan to address the issue of an award of attorneys fees and costs in a number of instances. Indeed, Judge Garrity presently has under submission a request that CLE receive an award for 547 hours of my work in Morgan in the period from October 1988 through June 1993 at a rate of $200 per hour. There were also a number of times through the years when the inquiries from 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I legal services attorneys and other advocates to which I responded concerned fee awards. (7.) In the 1970's I also did some work in the Detroit school desegregation case, Bradley v. Milliken, and more than 1000 hours of work on behalf of the plaintiffsintervenors in the Omaha school desegregation case, United States v. School District of Omaha. See, for example, 521 F.2d 530 (wrote brief for successful appeal with the court's opinion reflecting to a substantial degree the factual statement in the brief). In addition, particularly in the earlier years of my tenure at the Center for Law and Education, legal services attorneys and other advocates asked questions about school desegregation issues in a number of instances, to which I responded. (8.) During the 1970's, I played a role at CLE in the development of a racial discrimination theory ultimately employed successfully in securing a delay in the Florida program of denying standard high school diplomas to students failing a \"competency test.\" See Debra P. v. Turlington, 474 F. Supp. 244 (M.D. Fla. 1979), affd, 644 F.2d (5th Cir. 1981). In the Debra P. litigation, I participated briefly in the trial (due to an illness in the family of a CLE colleague) and wrote a portion of the trial memorandum setting forth a theory accepted by the courts ( denial of standard high school diploma based upon competency test result perpetuated earlier intentional discrimination against black students who began their educations in segregated and unequal elementary schools). (9.) In 1986, I wrote two memoranda on racial discrimination claims for use in the legal services program. (a) The first, focusing on racial discrimination in school discipline and curricula, contained the following headings: ''Typical Problems,\" \"Gathering Information About a Discrimination Problem,\" ''The Legal Bases of Racial Discrimination 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Claims\" (including constitutional and Title VI claims), \"Other Material re Disparate Discipline,\" ''Material Regarding Disaimination in Curriculum,\" and \"Remedial Principles.\" (b) The second memorandum is titled \"Discriminatory Allocation of Resources within a School District\" (14 pages). I first used this document in a training program for legal services attorneys in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania in 1986. (10.) I participated during my tenure at CLE, as a trainer or lecturer, in a minimum of 40 sessions on education issues for legal services workers, parents, and\\or students. One such session in the late 1980's for legal services attorneys concerned ways to monitor consent deaees and other judgments in institutional refonn cases. I prepared for this event a lengthy memorandum summarizing and organizing, according to topic, a large number of reported and unreported decisions relevant to the topic of monitoring a decree. C. Work on the Ayers Case (11.) In January 1987, the North Mississippi Rural Legal Services Program asked me to join their staff members providing representation to the named plaintiffs and the plaintiff class in the case then styled Ayers v. Allain, Civil Action No. 4:75CVOO9-B-O, Northern District of Mississippi. Ayers concerns the nature of the obligation of Mississippi officials to eliminate racial disrimination and segregation from the operation of the Mississippi system of public universities. I have played an active role in the case since that time. My work in Ayers through March 1995, totalled in excess of 6,000 hours, and involved, inter alia, framing and responding to discovery requests; taking depositions; identifying and preparing exhibits; preparing exhibit lists and other materials required as 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I part of the standard pre-trial submission; participating in settlement efforts; making an opening statement; presenting and aoss~xamining witnesses and otherwise participating in two lengthy hearings; 1 preparing proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law; preparing appellate briefs; arguing before a panel of the Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circui~ as well as that court sitting en bane, 2 and supporting the efforts of my brother and sister co-counsel. Currently, some of my time is spent working on an appeal from the district court's decision on remand, Ayers v. Fordice, 879 F.Supp. 1419 (N.D. Miss. 1995). D. Court Appearances (12.) During the course of my legal career, I have made appearances in the following federal courts: M.D. Ala., S.D.Ala., M.D. Fla., S.D. Fla., N.D. Ill., D. Mass., N. D. Miss., E.D. Mich., D. Neb., D. N. H., and D. S. Car.; Court of Appeals for the First, Fifth and Eleventh Circuits (filed briefs and argued); Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit (filed briefs); United States Supreme Court (filed briefs). E. Work in this Case (13.) In September 1995, John W. Walker requested me to assist him and other persons in his firm to prepare a comprehensive fee application for the post-judgment monitoring phase of this case. Attachment One to this declaration, which is incorporated 1 The first hearing in 1987 consumed approximately 25 trial days. In 1992, the United States Supreme Court held that the lower courts had employed the wrong legal standard in dismissing the case, articulated the correct standard, and remanded for further proceedings. see united states Y, Fordice, 112 s.ct. 2727. The hearing on remand in the trial court consumed 44 trial days in 1994. 2 see Ayers v, Allain, 893 F.2d 732 (5th cir. 1990); Ayers y, Allain, 914 F.2d 676, 677 (5th Cir. 1990) (en bane) (argued in each instance). 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I herein by reference, sets forth my time and activities in working on this project. Because it was necessary for me to learn matters already known by Mr. Walker and his staff, and the nature of some of the work, the motion seeks an award for 120 hours, only 50.2 percent of the time which I actually worked on this very extensive undertaking. I believe that my \"learning curve\" regarding the case was less than it would have been, had I not had extensive experience regarding school desegregation, racial discrimination, monitoring, and fee award issues. (14.) The amount sought for my time is $175 per hour. The following factors support the reasonableness of this hourly rate: (a) the higher rates awarded to John W. Walker by Arkansas district courts as shown by his affidavit, filed with the joshua motion; (b) the approval of rates of $200 per hour to counsel in this case and the Kansas City school desegregation case by the Court of appeals for the Eighth Circuit during the mid- 1980's, as shown by that court's McDonald decision cited in the Joshua memorandum in support of the motion; (c) the rates for Little Rock law firms shown in Arkansas Business, November 13, 1995, at 25; (d) the fact that the Center for Law and Education seeks an award of $200 per hour for my time in the Boston school desegregation case for work in the period from 1988 through 1993; and (e) the fact that the Center seeks an award of $250 per hour for the more than 6000 hours which I worked in the Mississippi higher education case in the period from 1987 to 1994 (with any award to be used by the Center for work on behalf of low income persons). I dedare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing information, and the information set forth in the attachment, which is incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct. 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Executed on this :)J)day of tJ ~ , 1995. Robert Pressman STATE OF ARKANSAS ) 1 )ss. COUNTY OF hJ})1tu ) SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this c20 day of 1995. Notary Public My Commission Expires: 9/;7/~? l I 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IN THE UNITED SATES DISTRICT COURT OF ARKANSAS EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. v. LR-C-82-866 PUIASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL. KATHERINE W. KNIGHT, ET AL. ATTACHMENT ONE PIAINTIFFS DEFENDANTS INTERVENORS INTERVENORS SCHEDULE OF HOURS OF ROBERT PRESSMAN DATE ACTIVITY TIME 9/18/95 Discuss fee 3.00 petition with JWW and JS seeking relevant records, such as docket and ruling of 12/1/92; identify substantive decisions on case; identify pertinent Eighth Cir. \u0026 Ark. fee decisions (MQQon~lg, HslcQissi, Jeffer, etc.); study rel. parts of Schwartz treatise on fees I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 9/19/95 9/20/95 9/21/95 9/23/95 9/24/95 9/25/95 9/26/95 9/27/95 Begin to draft motion; Schwartz treatise (paralegals, rates, fees for fee petition); call to Norman Chachkin ~ status of fees for appeals; read prior LR, vs, PCSSD decisions Study Del. Vallev decision and cases cited on monitoring; identify issues to discuss with JWW Review case docket Read PC settlement agreement \u0026 study parts bearing on fees \u0026 make notes Work on memorandum in support of award of fees for post-judgement monitoring Work on memorandum Work on fee memorandum and motion for award of fees; study docket; study treatise (fees for fee petition and rates) Motion for fees 2.40 1.00 1.00 1.50 7.50 3.00 5.50 0.25 I I 9/28/95 Work on topics for 4.50 JS affidavit and I discuss with JS; work on motion for fees (areas I covered in LR plan); examine transcript 2/24/94 .I n JWW role; work on topics for JWW aff. and fee memorandum I 9/29/95 Work on memorandum 5.50 I 9/30/95 Work on fee memo; 6.50 read Tr. 6/7/94 I and make notes I 10/1/95 Work on fee memo; 7.00 complete Tr. of 6/7/94 and make notes I 10/2/95 Work on Part II. 6.50 of memo; work on I motion in support of fees (attachments) I 10/10/95 Read Duran case 0.16 I (10th Cir.) 10/11/95 Work on memo; 0.80 I research cases on allocation among defendants, cost I of investigators and post-judg. mon. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 10/12/95 10/14/95 10/15/95 10/16/95 10/17/95 10/18/95 Identify tasks to get petition filed; research on waiver issue; work on motion (attachments) Read Tr. of 1/24/94 \u0026 make notes Work on list of tasks (3 pages) Work on RP affidavit for fee petition; speak to JS i:g JWW affidavits in other cases \u0026 securing transcripts Work on RP affidavit; research Eighth Cir. and Ark. cases on scope of settlement/release ; identify and read cases on interim fees; read cases on fees for post-judgement monitoring; topics for JWW affidavit; work on ideas~ para. IV-B of settlement Read Tr. 1/24/94 and make notes; work on \"to do list\"; work on memo in support of motion 1.50 0.50 LOO 2.75 7.66 3.80 I I 10/19/95 Work on memo. , RP 3.25 I affidavit 10/20/95 Read Tr. 1/25/94 3.25 I and make notes 10/21/95 Read transcripts 7.75 , 1/25/94 \u0026 6/28/94 \u0026 make notes; work on memo; work with I JS on aff. (Joshua mon., discipline work); review JS aff. I 10/22/95 Read transcripts 6.25 I 6/28/94, 6/29/94, 3/29/94 and 7/28/94 and make notes; work on I memo; work on motion (attachments) I 10/23/95 Discuss \"to do 1.50 list\" for fee I petition \u0026 issues presented with JWW \u0026 JS; call to CH I n fee petition I 10/24/95 Determine JWW 3.00 hours as reflected in transcripts; review bills I submitted by other counsel in post-settlement period; I help gather \u0026 organize time records for JWW firm I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 10/26/95 10/25/95 10/27/95 10/30/95 10/31/95 11/1/95 Review transcripts at ODM for the period 1/25/91 to 8/3/92 to identify time and role for JWW and other members of the firm and make notes Substantive work on case: work with JS on motion and memorandum n LRSD faculty and administrators Review JS aff. Organize data from review of transcripts of hearings, including members of the firm participating in each hearing: issues to discuss with JS Work on memorandum in support of fees: work on motion (attachment): work on ideas re Para. IV-B of settlement Read decisions on interpreting settlement: plan needed steps in call to JS \u0026 work on JWW hours week of 10/23/95 2.25 2.33 0.33 1.0 7.0 1.0 I I 11/4-5/95 Make notes for 2.0 I section of brief addressing PC settlement agreement (9/89) I 11/7/95 At law library, do 4.25 research on I interpreting contracts (Restatement, I Eighth Circuit and Ark. cases); write part of memo on I contract principles, including reading decisions I 11/8/95 Work on 3.75 I memorandum; compile RP hours on fee petition for affidavit; I review JS compilation of hours I 11/9/95 Organize materials 8.50 n: reconstruction I of JWW time ., 11/10/95 Organize materials 9.00 n: reconstruction of JWW time; check RP schedule of I hours and JS schedule I 11/11/95 Work on 9.50 reconstruction of JWW time with JWW 1 and JS; check JS schedule of hours I I I I I 11/12/95 Work on 10.25 I reconstruction of JWW time with JWW and JS; calculate number of hours I worked by counsel for NLRSD after settlements I 11/13/95 Work on 9.75 reconstruction of I JWW time with JWW and JS; work on memo in support of I fees 11/14/95 Work on 9.50 I reconstruction of JWW time with JWW and JS; interview I Opal Sims u: her work at Walker law firm; brief law student on two 'I projects; discuss Mark B. time with him I 11/15/95 Work on 10.25 reconstruction of I JWW time with JWW and JS; work on Opal Sims and R. I Eddington affs.; prepare motions for extension; I work on summary chart I 11/16/95 Work on 10.25 reconstruction of JWW hours with JWW I and JS I I I I I 11/17/95 Compile hours 9.50 I worked by Friday firm: work on motion (attachment): work I on topics for JWW affidavit: review litigation I expenses: read cases on fees for fee petition: review JS I attachment I 11/18/95 Work on 11.25 memorandum: confer with WAB I 11/19/95 Work on 14.75 memorandum: work I on motion and attachments: confer with JWW n: strategy: work ,, on topics for JS aff. : work on expenses and H. I Hall aff.: identify remaining steps; work on BP I aff. 11/20/95 Work on BP aff.: 4.25 I work with JWW and JS on JWW hours; work on memo and ,, attachments to motion I 238.98 Hours TOTAL I I I I .I , , , , I I I I .I ,, , :, t I t I I I' I I IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. V. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, ET AL. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL. AFFIDAVIT OF AUSTIN PORTER JR. PLAINTIFFS DEFENDANTS INTERVENORS Comes the affiant, Austin Porter Jr., submitting the following affidavit under oath: 1. I graduated from the University of Arkansas at Little Rock in the fall of 1982 with a major in criminal justice. During the spring of 1983, I was awarded one of two Winthrop Rockefeller Scholarships to attend law school at the University of Arkansas at Little Rock (UALR) School of Law. I enrolled at the UALR School of Law during the fall of 1983. I graduated from the UALR School of Law on May 18, 1986. On August 25, 1986, I was admitted to the practice of law before the Bar of Arkansas. I have also been admitted to practice before the United States District Court, Eastern and Western Districts of Arkansas. 2. Upon completion of law school, I went to work for Central Arkansas Legal Services (CALS), where I handled cases such as domestic relations, consumer, real estate and landlord tenant. I worked at CALS from August, 1986 until May 5, 1989. I then worked at Walker, Roaf, Campbell, Ivory \u0026 Dunklin. While at this firm, I handled personal injury litigation and criminal matters. I also continued to handle consumer matters. I joined 1 I I I 1, I I t I I I I ,, I I ,, I ,, I I the firm of John W. Walker, P.A. on September 2, 1991, and have been involved in employment discrimination cases and voting rights cases. 3. The professional associations that I hold memberships are: American Bar Association, Pulaski County Bar Association and the W. Harold Flowers Law Society. I served on the Board of Directors of the Pulaski County Bar Association during 1990 and 1991. I served as chairman of the Law Day Committee for the Pulaski County Bar Association. 4. Some of the cases that I have been involved in are: Tammie McFarlin, et al. v. Newport Special School District, 980 F.2d 1208 (8th Cir. 1992); Harrison v. Moore, United States District No. PB-C-91-0468, Johnny Whitfield, et al. v. Forrest City School District, fil..lll, United States District Court No. H-C-88-86, Adams v. Hartwick, United States District Court No. LR-C-86-747, Petty v. Scan, United States District Court No. LR-C-91- 324, Green v. Bell, 308 Ark. 473, 826 S.W.2d 226 (1992), Simmons on Behalf of Simmons v. Hooks, 843 F.Supp. 1296 (ED.Ark. 1994), Gloria Leapheart v. The City of Morrilton, et fil., United States District Court No. LR-C-91-696, Sherri Betton v. Sears. United States District Court No. LR-C-91-852, Willie Ashford v. The City of Hamburg, Arkansas, et al., United States District Court No. 93-1032, Tarar Porter v. Carolyn Staley. United States District Court No. LR-C-94-8, Richard Day and Calvin Hollowell v. F. G. \"Buddy\" Villines, fil..fil., United States District Court No. LR-C-94-849. 5. The fee that I am requesting in this case is $130.00 per hour which is reasonable and commensurate with my experience and qualifications. The rate is comparable to that of other attorneys with my experience, and working in Little Rock, Arkansas who are 2 I , , I 'I I 'I ' I I I I I I (' ,, t ,, 'I I involved in this type of litigation or in general practice. (See the affidavits of Mark D'Auteuil and Jerome Green attached herein as Exhibits \"A\" and \"B\", which were recently submitted in the case of Gloria Leapheart v. The City of Morrilton, et al., United States District Court No. LR-C-91-696). 6. I was recently awarded an hourly rate of $130.00 for the work that I performed in the case of Gloria Leapheart v. The City of Morrilton, et al., United States District Court No. LR-C-91-696 and Willie Ashford v. The City of Hamburg, Arkansas, et al., United States District Court No. 93-1032. 7. The total time that I am seeking to be compensated for in this case is 175.50 hours. 8. The total time of 175.50 hours is a conservative but reasonable submission based upon my time records which were prepared contemporaneously to the performance of the work. I have attached a true and accurate account of the hours that I have expended in representing the Joshua lntervenors and their interest in this case. The total amount of time being billed is submitted upon careful review of my records, and consultation with co-counsel, and necessary reductions of hours have been made in order to avoid unproductive and duplicative work. 9. My time record is being submitted for hours that I have expended for work directly related to this case (68.50) and for hours that are related to this case and came about as a result of students who were referred to our office either by the school districts and/or class members; the total hours for these cases are 1 07. 00 hours. 10. As a result of our representation of the Joshua lntervenors as well as our 3 I I , , 'I I I I I I I I I I' I l ,I t ,, , I I monitoring of the schools in Pulaski County, we are often asked to take cases whereby a student has been disciplined or has been denied some right in school due to race or color. The cases listed below (with the exception of Brandon Nunnely) involved students who were recommended to be suspended and/or expelled from school due to having been charged with a criminal offense. During the school hearings where we would be representing the child, we often argued that it is fundamentally unfair to suspend and/or expel a child for merely being charged with a criminal offense. Furthermore, these students had criminal charges filed against them by the state. A. Cynthia Mahomes/Brandon Nunnely - I represented Brandon Nunnely in a case against the Pulaski County Special School District. Brandon is a handicapped child, and wanted to attend a special Dyslexia school. The PCSSD did not want to pay for this school. A hearing was held, and ultimately the Special Law Judge ruled that the district did not have to pay for this expense. B. Carla Jordan - a student at North Side Jr. High. Ms. Jordan was charged with Battery 2nd, Disorderly Conduct, and Attempted Assault. Ms. Jordan was accused of attacking Nolan Ricks and was charged with Battery 2nd, a class D felony. The Battery charge was thrown out of court, and she was found delinquent on the Disorderly Conduct and Attempted Assault charges. C.. Remal Brown - a student at Sylvan Hills High School. Remal was charged with Criminal Attempt to Commit Rape - Class A felony, Terroristic Threatening - Class D felony, and Battery in 3rd Degree - Class A misdemeanor. Remal was accused of trying to rape a student at Sylvan Hills High School during school hours. This juvenile was 4 , , 1 I I -I I' I 'I I ,, \\ t I I ,I ,'I I II ultimately found delinquent on these charges. D. Richard Ridgel - a student a Joe T. Robinson. Richard was charged with Battery 2nd for striking a teacher during a fight with another student. The juvenile accidently hit the teacher during the fight. The juvenile plead no contest to these charges. E. Kenneth Clay - a student at McClellan High School. This case received a great deal of publicity; the paper reported that a gang fight occurred at school. Kenneth is charged with inciting a riot, a class D felony. Trial on this case is set for trial on January 3 \u0026 4, 1995. This statement is true and correct to the best of my knowledge, records, information and belief. STATE OF ARKANSAS) )ss. COUNTY OF LONOKE ) Austin Porter Jr. ,8 SUBSCRIBED and SWORN to before me, a Notary Public, on this dOday of !Ver. , 1995. 5 MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: q I I l I 2-0o,:s 6 ,, I t t I I 1 \\ I ,, I ,, 1' I I ,I. ' I II I I In reference to: DATE 09/04/91 12/18/91 12/19/91 01/12/92 06/30/92 08/03/92 07/05/93 07/06/93 07/07/93 07/08/93 04/19/94 04/20/94 ACTIVITY STATEMENT -AUSTIN PORTER JR. Little Rock School District, et al. v. Pulaski County Special School District, et al.; Lorene Joshua, et. al.; Katherine Knight, et al. (lntervenors) ACTIVITY HOURS Court appearance before the 8th Circuit of Appeals regarding the proposed plan modifications 3.5 School Hearing before Judge Wright on the financing aspects of the desegregation plan and interdistrict schools 6.5 School Hearing before Judge Wright on the financing aspects of the desegregation plan and interdistrict schools 8. 0 School Hearing before Judge Wright on proposed plan modifications 8.0 School Hearing before Judge Wright the incentive schools 7.5 School Hearing before Judge Wright regarding the LRSD budget 8.0 Reading over school budget - Preparation for the budget hearing 6.5 Reading over school budget - Preparation for the budget hearing 3.5 School hearing before Judge Wright on the LRSD and PCSSD budgets 8.5 School hearing before Judge Wright on LRSD and PCSSD budgets 8.5 Met with client Richard Ridgel 2.0 Court appearance on behalf of Richard Ridgel 1.0 1 I I DATE ACTIVITY HOURS ' 04/28/94 Met with client Richard Ridgel to discuss trial strategy 1.5 ' 06/07/94 Court appearance on behalf of client Richard Ridgel 1.0 09/23/94 Went to juvenile court to copy Ridgel file 1.5 I' 09/25/94 Read Ridgel file 1.0 I 09/28/94 Met with client Ridge; discussion of trial strategy 1.5 09/29/94 Court appearance on behalf of Richard Ridgel 2.5 I' 10/26/94 Met with client R. Brown and parent S. Williams 2.0 discussed case I 10/27/94 Read over Brown file 1.5 ' 11/07/94 Received client's letter; re: school actions .5 I 11/07/94 Spoke with client over the telephone re: case and strategy .5 11/07/94 Spoke with Dr. Patrick Smith, M.D. re: R. Brown .3 I 01/20/95 Met with client K. Clay and parent to discuss case 1.0 t 02/08/95 Conference with Joy Springer re: B. Nunnerly matter .5 02/09/95 Read over Nunnerly file 1.0 I 02/13/95 Read over Nunnerly file 1.0 I 02/14/95 Met with Client C. Mahomes; discussed case 2.5 ii , 02/15/95 Worked on trial brief for hearng on behalf of Nunnerly 8.5 02/16/95 Reviewed evidence and documents in file re: Nunnerly 1.0 t 02/17/95 Dictated letter to Client Mahomes re: hearing .2 \\I 02/19/95 Legal Research re: Nunnerly hearing 2.5 I 2 , , I I' DATE ACTIVITY HOURS I 02/20/95 Hearing preparation and Hearing re: Nunnerly matter 11 .5 I 02/22/95 Spoke with Ms. Mahomes re: Nunnerly hearing .2 02/24/95 Hearing preparation re: Nunnerly matter 1.5 I 02/24/95 Hearing re: Nunnerly matter 5.5 I 03/01/95 Court appearance on behalf of R. Ridgel 1.5 03/13/95 Worked on Findings of Fact re: Nunnerly matter 6.5 , , 03/14/95 Worked on Findings of Fact re: Nunnerly matter 6.5 I 03/22/95 Met with client K Clay and parents; discussed hearing strategy 1.0 I 03/23/95 Court Appearance - LR. Municipal Court on behalf of K Clay 1.5 05/05/95 Went to juvenile court to pick up subpoenas and prepared for I service re: R. Brown matter 2.5 11 05/15/95 Spoke with witnesses re: R. Brown matter 1.5 I 05/17/95 Went to juvenile court to copy file re: Brown matter 2.0 t 05/25/95 Preparation for hearing re: R. Brown matter 4.5 05/26/95 Hearing re: R. Brown matter 4.0 I 06/15/95 Spoke with clients' sister and aunt re: hearing of R. Brown .5 ' 06/15/95 Dictated letter to client re: hearing of R. Brown 1.5 I, 07/17/95 Met with client C. Jordan 2.0 07/17/95 Read over Jordan file 1.0 ' 07/19/95 Court Appearance - Pulaski County Circuit Court on behalf of K Clay 2.0 I 07/19/95 Spoke with the case coordinator for Judge Warren re: C. Jordan.25 I 3 I I I DATE ACTIVITY HOURS I 07/20/95 Received letter from case coordinator re: C. Jordan matter .1 I 08/02/95 Spoke with client and Dr. Smith re: R. Brown matter .5 08/07/95 Court appearance on behalf of R. Brown 1.0 ' 09/19/95 Prepared Motion for Discovery re: K Clay matter 1.0 I. 09/21/95 Copied file in Prosecuting Attorney's Office re: K Clay matter 2.0 09/21/95 Read over clients' file re: K Clay matter 3.5 I' 09/21/95 Drafted Motion for Severance re: K Clay matter 2.5 I 09/22/95 Court Appearance on behalf of K Clay 1.5 09/22/95 Spoke with Larry Jegley re: K Clay matter .2 I 10/30/95 Dictated letter to client C. Jordan .25 I 11/14/95 Hearing in Juvenile Court on behalf of C. Jordan 1.7 I t TOTAL HOURS EXPENDED 175.2 II I I ' 11 I 4 I,  This project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resources. "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1613","title":"Court Filings: District Court, motion and memorandum of the Joshua intervenors for an interim award of attorneys' fees and costs for post-judgment monitoring","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["Walker, John W."],"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Educational law and legislation","Education--Economic aspects","Court records","Lawyers"],"dcterms_title":["Court Filings: District Court, motion and memorandum of the Joshua intervenors for an interim award of attorneys' fees and costs for post-judgment monitoring"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1613"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["legal documents"],"dcterms_extent":["12 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_777","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume 1, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume 1, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/777"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME I LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT FILED district ARSaksAS 1995-96 FIRST QUARTER STATUS REPORT NOV 2 'I 1995 JAMiS V/. MCCORMACK, PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS By: CLERK DcP CtERK PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT November 21, 1995 EXHIBIT 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE tt PAGE# SEQUENCE tt PAGE ft Preface 1 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) 09A,l - 18,2 Mission 3 Goals 4 District Financial Summary 5 Definitions 6 Organization of the Report 9 Cluster Budget Documents 11 09A 09B 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 School Operations (Principals) School Operations (Central Off. Adm.) Extracurricular Participation Smdent Hearing Officer In-School Suspension New Futures Academic Incentive Grants/Focused Activities McClellan Community School Unassigned Testing Assistance - Disadvantaged Job Fair 09A,l-82 09B,l-59 10,1-14 11,1-3 12,1-55 13,1-4 14,1-8 15,1-8 17,1-3 18,1-2 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 01,1 -08,15 SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 20,1 - 35,3 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 HIPPY 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program (PAL) Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Education Federal Programs Vocational Education 01,1-7 02,1-8 03,1-10 04,1-23 05,1-36 06,1-7 07,1-7 08,1-15 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Unassigned Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Library/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Unassigned Minority Teacher Recruilment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA 20,1-15 21,1-12 22,1-7 23,1-4 24,1-31 26,1-6 27,1-3 28,1-3 29,1-8 30,1-9 ISEQUENCE  PAGE# SEQUENCE H PAGE# 31 32 33 34 35 36 Unassigned Unassigned Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment Practices Unassigned 33,1-4 34,1-9 35,1-3 RECRUITMENT CLUSTER (PURPLE) 37,1 - 39,10 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 37 38 39 40 Parent Involvement - Recruitment VIPS - Recruitment Public Relations Unassigned 37,1-18 38,1-10 39,1-10 INCENTIVE SCHQQLS CLUSTER (YELLQW) 41,1 - 72,13 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 Qffice of Incentive Schools Writing to Read Science Labs Unassigned Foreign Language Program Unassigned Extended Day/Week Field Trips Unassigned Tranportation Unassigned Unassigned Instructional Aides Extended Year Recognition Program 41,1-10 42,1-2 43,1-3 45,1-2 47,1-9 48,1-4 50,1-2 53,1-5 54,1-4 55,1-3 Camp Pfeifer Monitoring Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Staffing Required Staff Development Teacher Stipends/lnservice Qther Incentive Schools Academic Programs  Peer Tutors/Retired Teacher Mentors  Themes  Kindergarten  Reading Across the Curriculum  Qral Expression Across Curriculum  Learning Styles Inventory  Semi-Departmental  Instructional Tech  Study/Test-Taking  Parent Home Study ~ Computer Managed Instruction  Student Education Plans  Specialized Programs  Incentive Programs  Homework  Criterion-Referenced Test  Heterogeneous Grouping  Effective Schools ~ African/American History 56,1-2 57,1-11 61,1-10 62,1-18 63,1-3 64,1-19 iiSEQUENCE H PAGE  SEQUENCE H PAGE# 65 Social Skills  Family Folklore  Positive Imaging  Interpersonal Skills  Rites of Passage  Mentoring Program 65,1-5 71 Counseling/Social Work  Community Services Access  College/Post Graduate Awareness ~ Study Skills  Home/Neighborhood Meet ~ Wellness Program 71,1-15 66 Special Activities  Peer Tutoring Program  Academic Reinforcement Clubs  Special Interest Clubs 66,1-5 72 73 74 School Policies and Procedures - Qther Unassigned Unassigned 72,1-13 67 68 69 Latin Enrichment Program Unassigned Career Skills Development 67,1-6 STUDENT CHQICES/QPTIQNS CLUSTER (GREEN) 75,1 - 82,3 70 69,1-2 Incentive Schools Qperations  Support Services 70,1-5  Community Access/Field Trip  Community Involvement  Special Skills Program  Special Training  Parental Involvement - Learning Time Schedule  Home/School Community  Extracurricular Program - Attendance and Behavior - Subject Related Extracurriculum 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 Student Choices/Qptions Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Qriginal Magnets Unassigned M-to-M Magnet Schools (Central, Dunbar, Washington, Henderson, McClellan) QRGANIZATIQNAL CHART Hi 75,1-2 80,1-7 82,1-3PREFACE The mission statement and goals for the Little Rock School District are the guidelines for all decision making. The Program Budget Document provides additional direction for quality, interim and summative decision-making for the district. The Program Budget Document is a monitoring instrument used by the Little Rock School District to assist with the planning and budgeting process. The PBD provides an overview of all district programs. This reporting method allows the district to monitor the performance and expenditures of each program and take corrective measures throughout the year rather than at the end of the year. The 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report Program Budget Document for Desegregation Plan Programs list achievements and expenditures occurring during the first quarter (July 1, 1995 - September 30, 1995). Several reporting practices should be noted as follows: The first quarters report consist of two volumes for desegregation program reporting: Volume I (Seq fl's 1-18) and Volume II (Seq#s 19-82). 09A is the designated sequence number for reporting achievements by Principals, and 09B is the number relative to achievements of Central Office Administrators. Desegregation Monitoring Audits are conducted annually resulting in the inclusion of additional desegregation obligations in the Program Budget Document. The first desegregation audit was completed during the fourth quarter of the 1993-94 fiscal year. This years audit will be conducted according to schedule. All court orders, hearing transcripts, monitoring reports and stipulations will be reviewed. As a result of the ongoing audits and the refinement process some obligations and/or strategies have been deleted from the following programs: Four Year Old, Multicultural Curriculum, Library/Media, Educational Equity Monitoring, Commitment to Desegregation Leadership, VIPS Recruiting, Public Relations, Office of Incentive Schools, Incentive Schools Staffing, Office of Incentive School Academic Activities, Counseling and Social Work, School Policy and Procedures, Student Choices \u0026amp; Options, Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment, School Operations 9A, Tri-District Summer School, Facilities, Parent Involvement, Original Magnets, HIPPY and M-to-M Magnets. Programs that have been removed because all of their objectives and strategies were dropped from the PBD include: Bidding Practices, Rockefeller Early Childhood, Romine Interdistrict School, Computer Loan Program, Computer Lab Program, King Interdistrict School and Contingencies. ]The First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Program Budget Documents Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 9 JLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum acadendc sLial, and emotional development. To that end. the students in the Little Rock School D strict will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the District s cuniculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness. racial equity and adequate support for education. 31. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 4 Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 1 of 2 Program Code 01 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 33 34 35 49 51 52 53 54 Program Name HIPPY_________________________________ 4-YEAR OLD PROGRAM________________ STUDENT HEARING OFFICER___________ OFFICE OF DESEGREGATION___________ EXTRA-CURRICULAR PARTICIPATION TEACHER RECRUITER STAFF DEVELOPMENT_________________ ACADEMIC SUPPORT PROGRAMS MULTICULTURAL PROGRAMS__________ ACADEMIC INC GRANTS/FOCUSED ACT ORIGINAL MAGNETS___________________ SPECIAL EDUCATION @ WASHINGTON D/P SYSTEM STUDENT INFORMATION M TO-M MAGNET SCHOOLS___________ KING INTERDISTRICT SCHOOL EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING COMPUTERIZED TRANSP SYSTEM ROMINE INTERDISTRICT THEME________ McClellan community school IN-SCHOOL SUSPENSION job fair TESTING ASSISTANCE_________________ LIBRARY SERVICES____________________ PARENT RECRUITING___________________ VIPS RECRUITING______________________ COMMITMENT TO DESEGREGATION CONTINGENCY FUND OFFICE OF INCENTIVE SCHOOLS WRITING TO READ_____________________ SCIENCE LABS COMPUTER LABS Budget 95-96 233,228.63 2,082,112.79 94,826.02 500,451.75 82,400.00 53,469.17 448,983.75 1,592,924.90 123,868.60 183,900.00 4,336,650.00 56,846.12 717,087.08 359,648.82 1,510,533.27 478,054.39 6,800.00 67,151.00 40,000.00 773,598.00 _______929.00 4,307.00 409,808.64 34,000.00 36,943.36 5,000.00 _________0.00 _________0.00 _________0.00 _________0.00 0.00 FTEs 20.50 88.00 2.00 13.00 0.00 1.00 7.00 75.60 5.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 5.00 7.40 58.50 6.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.10 0.00 0.00 16.00 0.00  2.00 ' 0.00  0.00 ' 0.00  0.00  0.00 ' 0.00 \" YTD Expense 23,352.90 204,721.39 23,067.57 117,897.77 0.00 13,165.13 78,332.41 132,025.63 11,354.76 2,278.62 __________0.00 8,944.07 601,721.26 28,464.69 151,406.29 161,918.28 __________0.00 53,029.12 __________0.00 87,680.06 __________0.00 __________0.00 32,881.28 298,48 2,945.76 0.00 __________0.00 __________0.00 _______aoo_ 0.00 0.00 1st Quarter 23,352.90 204,721.39 23,067.57 117,897.77 0.00 13,165.13 78,332.41 132,025.63 11,354.76 2,278.62 0.00 8,944.07 601,721.26 28,464.69 151,406.29 161,918.28 ________0.00 53,029.12 0.00 87,680.06 ________0.00 _______0.00 32,881.28 298.48 2,945.76 0.00 0.00 _______0_00^ 0.00 0.00 0.00 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter % Budget Spent 10.01% 9.83% 24.33% 23.56% 0.00% 24.62% 17.45% 8.29% 9.17% 1.24% 0.00% 15.73% 83.91% 7.91% 10.02% 33.87% 0.00% 78.97% 0.00% 11.33% 0.00% 0.00% 8.02% 0.88% 7.97% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 5Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 2 of 2 Program Code 56 57 59 61 64 65 66 72 73 74 75 Program Name COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM EXTENDED DAY FIELD TRIPS TRANSPORTATION (ADD'LJ INSTRUCTIONAL AIDES________________ EXTENDED YEAR INCENTIVE/RECOGNITION______________ RECOMMENDED STAFFING REQUIRED STAFF DEVELOPMENT TEACHER STIPENDS/INSERVICE OTHER INCENTIVE SCHOOL ACTIVITIES TOTAL Budget 95-96 0.00 440,719.00 31,500.00 0.00 313,763.93 38,678.00 6,893.00 581,135.13 27,696.00 27,176.00 36,663.00 15,737,746.35 FTEs 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 19.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 378.44 YTD Expense __________0.00 9,751.30 1,305.42 __________0.00 31,176.71 38,942.04 __________0.00 51,226.85 __________0.00 __________0.00 __________0.00 1,867,887.79 Ist Quarter _________0.00 9,751.30 1,305.42 _________0.00 31,176.71 38,942.04 0.00 51,226.85 _________0.00 _________0.00 _________0.00 1,867,887.79 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter % Budget Spent 0.00% 2.21% 4.14% 0.00% 9.94% 100.68% 0.00% 8.81% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 11.87% 6DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Program Budget Documents. Program: A program is an need. established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficianes related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one of two formatted pages. or strategy and establish measurable and observable levels of Program Sequence H (Seq. #): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. Program Code: This is a unique accounting code assigned by Financial Services which links budget and expenditure information to the associated program. 7Definitions and Data Elements (cont.) Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e. the Program Manager or the Principal). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Plan Reference: Specific plan and page references will directly cite one of the following desegregation documents: L(LR) = LRSD Desegregation Plan\nI(ID) = Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\nS = Settlement Agreement\nC(CO)= Court Orders\nT (HT) = Hearing Transcripts\nP(CP) = Court Pleadings\nM(MR) Monitoring Reports. The format should be L23 or 113-20, for example. This element has been left blank if the program is not directly cited in one of the desegregation documents. Plan Reference Page Number\nSource references listed for each objective and strategy have been used. If the objective or strategy is desegregation document related, the specific desegregation document and page upon which this objective or strategy has been found should be listed. If the objective or strategy is not related to a desegregation document, then whatever source was used has been listed. This element is contained on page 2 and succeeding pages. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following manner: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/94). Completion Date. This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 75%) should be entered. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs. Pagination. Pages in the text are numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i, page ii, and page iii. Program areas are numbered according to their sequence number followed by the page number within that program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a sequence number of 02). Print. The report employs two kinds of print density. Bold Print denotes original language of the desegregation document(s). Lighter print enclosed in parentheses (parenthetical statements) identifies language that is not literal in the desegregation document(s). The parenthetical statements of lighter print have been integrated throughout the program budget documents for clarification of original language in the desegregation document(s) and/or for providing information generalized from the original language of the desegregation document(s). Parenthetical information should not be construed to mean new legal obligations nor expansion of the obligations under the desegregation document(s). Underlined Print. Underlined Print denotes additional desegregation obligations language which was inserted verbatim in the third quarter report of FY 93-94 as a result of the desegregation audit. 12/09/93 MR *. Denotes additional desegregation obligations language which was inserted as a result of the 1994-95 desegregation audit. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of the report, similar programs have been grouped into six separating color-coded clusters. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq #) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. School Operations Program (09A and 09B). The School Operations program description warrants that both Principals and Central Office Administrators provide quality planning for students. Therefore, the School Operations Program is divided into two sections for reporting achievements by both Principals and Central Office Administrators. The sequence number for reporting by Principals (i.e., schools) is 09A, and the sequence number for reporting by Central Office Administrators is 09B. For the first reporting period, the inclusionary dates cited in the \"Beginning Date\" column and \"Completion Date\" nOrganization of the Report (continued) column are 07/01/95 and 06/30/96, respectively. These inclusionary dates represent the boundaries for the first quarter. The generic dates of 07/01/95 and 06/30/96 are used to uniform and conform reporting in the School Operations' program budget documents. Specific date information relative to the achievements of Central Office Administrators follows each documented achievement. As a final note, the School Operations Program (09A) classifies the area, interdistrict, and magnet schools into three organizational levels: elementary iiinmr hiok anzi cona/At* kink '  junior high, and senior high. Incentive Schools. The Incentive Schools cluster provides program reporting information for the following schools: Franklin, Garland Rockefeller Mitchell and Rightsell.   Non-Monetary Tracking. No entry on page one in the fiscal year program budget field and/or the quarter expenditure field of a Program Budget Document means desegregation money has not been tracked to the respective program. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart is provided. 10 JCLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 11Curriculum Cluster   * HIPPY A-Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Programs Federal Programs Vocational Education af\nILRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 01 Page: 1 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY (Home Instruction Program For Preschool Youngsters) Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Steriing Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Description: HIPPY is a home based developmental program which recognizes the mother as the first significant teacher of the child. HIPPY assists the mother in preparing the child to be successful in kindergarten, therefore assisting in the reduction of the disparity gap between black and white students. HIPPYS major focus is in the shadow areas of major incentive schools and in the Southwest Little Rock area. HIPPY serves primarily economical and educational disadvantaged families. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be successful\nand to improve the educational outcomes of studenu. particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan References: Page L-5. L-14, IS. 16 ] FY Program Budget: $233,228.63 1st Qtr Expend: $23,352.90 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 22.0 YTD Expenditures: $23,352.90 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 01. 1Program Seq f: 01 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code\n01 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LI4 L14 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Marian Shead November 6, 1995 To prepare economically disadvanugcd children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success: and to Improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black aixl white students. Objectives Strategies Beginniirg Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. 2. 3. To promote the HIPPY program To select HIPPY aides Initial (raining of aides and suff 07/01/95 06/30/96 Staff Mailed letters (Documenution of PSA) 1.1 To compose and mail Public Service Announcement for local radio sutions and Channels 14 and 16 \u0026amp; distribute flyers A. Distributed flyers to Watershed Community Development B. Mailed PSA to LRSD Communication Department C. Distributed flyers to day care centers, health department, and local businesses D. Had information booth at University Mall 2.1 Interview and select ten (10) Home Visitors A. Interview and select Home Visitors B. Printed and mailed flyers to area churches C. Ran classified ad in two local newspapers 01, 2 08/01/95 08/21/95 O8\\OI\\95 08/16/95 07/01/95 08/19/95 07/01/95 08/29/95 09/11/95 08/06/95 08/01/95 08/21/95 08/01/95 09/29/95 06/30/96 08/19/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/11/95 09/13/95 Suff Staff Staff Suff Suff Suff Suff Coordinators Suff Suff Pay the bill (requisition paid) JPage: 3 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date\nNovember 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and while students. LI4 LI4 L14 LI4 LI4 L14 L14 Pbn Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. To enroll families into program. 6. To determine service of coordinators 7. To assign families to be serviced by aides. 8. To organize instructional material. 9. To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation in LRSD. 10. Obtain material for program 11. To orientate enrolled families to the HIPPY program. 3.1 Arrange logistics with State Regional Office for the initial training 4.1 Conduct home interview and enroll families into program. 5.1 Compose and mail correspondence to community churches to recruit families and instructional aide trainees. 6.1 Identify families to be served by each coordinator 7.1 Identify families to be served by each aide 8.1 Print curriculum material. 9.1 Conduct two (2) day workshop 01, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/28/95 09/11/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/13/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 08/29/95 09/11/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/14/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supervisor Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Pay the bill (Documentation of family enrollment) Assignment of families to aides Families enrolled in program (documentation of parent orientation)Page: 4 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code\n01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. L15 Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Comf^etion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum. 11.1 Conduct orientation meeting. A. Secured space for orientation (Adult Education Auditorium from Paulette Martin, Adult Education director B. C. D. 09/25/95 09/25/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 Staff Invited LRSD Personnel to Orientation Prepared program agenda for orientation Orientation conducted 12.1 Secure meeting sites for group meeting, (mailed letters Io building principals) 12.2 Mail out notification of meeting sites. 13.1 To schedule aides weekly home visits 13.2 To schedule area group meetings  print flyers 13.3 To schedule weekly Inservice Training for aides 01, 4 09/19/95 09/22/95 09/25/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/19/95 09/22/95 09/25/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Staff Staff Staff Coordinators CooRlinators Supervisor CoordinatorsPage: 5 Program Seq 9\n01 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. LI5 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 13.4 Schedule aides first teaching (with own child). Beginning Date 07/01/95 Comfdetion Date 06/30/96 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their children. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisor Coordinators Received materials 14.1 Schedule workshop for parents and aides, mail out and print materials. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisor Coordinators 14.2 Include enrichments for parents at monthly Group Meetings 07/01/95 06/30/96 L15 16. To determine program success 09/01/94 06/30/96 Completion of survey Evaluation using the Early Prevention of School Failure or a similar model which is comparable in validation scope and developmental grounding, will be corxlucted on the HIPPY participants as they enter and exit the kindergarten. A standardized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. L6 16.1 Conduct survey of parents - print materials 07/01/95 06/30/96 16.2 Telephone survey conducted 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators 01, 5r Page: 6 Program Seq 9: 01 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare econonrieally disadvaniaged children Io enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to he success\nand to improve the educational oulcoines of students, pattioularly black sludenis as it relates to the achievement disparity between black arwl white students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI6 LI6 L16 L16 LI6 L16 19. Provide parents with information to be successful with their children 20. Build the aides children self esteem. 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception 23. Suff in place. 24. Mainuin regular suff. 25. To assist in traveling expense. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisor Consultant fee paid 19.1 Obuin a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents 19.2 Hold Parent Appreciation/Motivational Program 20.1 Activities throughout program year with involvement for children\ni.e. fall carnival, holiday party, black history program, group meetings, graduation \u0026amp; recognition ceremony 21.1 Staff will organize 23.1 To begin implemenution of HIPPY program. 24.1 Secreury 01, 6 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supervisor Staff Staff Coordinator Coordinator Supervisor Aides Consultant fee paid Suff began implemenution of program To assist in the implementation of program Pay stipend E IPage: 7 Program Seq *: 01 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and while students. L6 L6 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 25.1 Aides made home visit. 07/01/95 06/30/96 26. The home-based program and the four-year-old school-based program will collaborate in the areas of parental involvement and teacher training. 27. The Little Rock School and Pulaski County School Districts will collaborate and coordinate the on-eoine implementation of the HIPPY Program. 01, 7 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96Program Seq f: 02 Program Name: Program Code: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan ReferciKes: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Four-Year Old Program/City-Wide Early Childhood Program 02 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Page: I RevisioD Date: November 20, 1995 The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to improve the racial balance al schools that are difficult to desegregate by incorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the Elementary schools. The program provides eaperiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical SMial. emononal. a^ inlellecmal^non^ r identification of program sites will be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low income students and in schools that are difficult to desegregate. The Distncl s preschool cumculum rnojelwilljs^ implemented in all incentive schools and other selected schools in the Lillie Kock School Dislrict Efleclive the 1990-91 school year, this model vvill be an integral pan of effort ici improve of minority and economically disadvantaged children and to attract white students to the schools,________________________________ use the four-vear-old program as a means to meet the needs of disadvantaged students and desegregate schools that are difficult to desegregate, L8 A long-range (four-year-old) plan will address demographic, instructional, and structuiil needs. LRSD will conlinuejg Goal *1 - Implement integrated educational programs drat will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in \"  - ......... .wa .a arm ana._ I t..i_ ___ .j_:iww.ai/an cniHantc u/ill rl^mnnciraM dav tni achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration. sUff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each diversity among students, staff and the community as resources that are necessary to fully support our in all phases of school activities and operations. -mincu aiMj iiiuuvaicu. irj  buuw ixwgu uu..uu. -------------------------------------------- - -  . j .i._, he comuiuniry as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal 5 - Provide a safe and orderiy climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs The District will implement the Four-Year.Old Program by the 1994-95 school year according to the provisions of a long-tinge implemenulion plan developed for additional four-year^ild classes and approved by the Court (720 seats). L7. LIO, L17. 18, 19 $2,082,112.79 $204,721.39 1st Qtr Expend: Ind Qtr Expend: $204,721.39 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 20.50 [ Related Function Codes: ] 02, 1 JProgram Seq f: 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Program Goal\nPlan RefereiKe Page Number LI7 L17 L17 L17 L17 L17 LI7 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Objectives Strategies 2. Recruit teachers and aides as needed. 3. Obtain curriculum materials, supplies, and furniture as needed. 4. Train teachers and aides in the implementation of E.C.E. curriculum.) 5. Familiarize parents with Four-Year Old Program. 2 1 A. Interview interested teachers and aides as needed. Teachers and aides hired for every classroom. 3.1 A. Page: 2 Revision Date\nNovember 6, 1995 Complete and send orders to vendors. Materials, supplies and equipment available in classrooms. 4.1 Conduct orientation and inservices. A. B. C. Principals training Teachers training Instructional Aides training 02, 2 Secondary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Pat Price Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 08/18/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/22/95 06/30/96 25% 25% 25% 06/30/96 Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Principals Supervisors. Human Resources Director. Principals (Purchasing Dept. Supervisors) Principals Supervisors Supv/Staff Dev Supv/Staff Dev Classroom teachers 2. (A list of qualified applicants.) 2.1 A list of qualified applicants. (Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.) 3. (Confirmation of purchase orders.) 3.1 Materials available 4. (Documentation of inservice evaluations.) 4.1 Agenda (Documentation of inservice evaluations) 5. (Documentation of meetings and evaluations.)Page: 3 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement (he Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan RefereiKC Page Number L17 L17 L18 L18 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. Evaluate effectiveness of Four-Year Old Program. 5.1 Conduct parent orientation meeting and parent conference. A. Parent orientation 5.2 IfKlude four-year old children in Master Schedule students receive services of counselors, music teachers, school nurses, librarians, physical education and art teachers. A. Master schedule reflects services children received. 5.3 Ensure key experiences occurring in the classroom. A. Twenty-one classroom visitations 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/16/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 Classroom teachers Principals Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors 5.1 Number of parents attending Parent/Teachcr Conferences 5.2 Master schedules 5.3 Curriculum checklist (Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors Planning. Research, and Evaluation, Assoc. Supt.) 6. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments) (Comparisons of the progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.) (Standardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 02, 3Program Seq 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difftcult to desegregate.) Page: 4 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Pat Price Plan Reference Page Number Llg LIS LIS Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Administer appropriate evaluation to four-year- olds. 6.1 (Maintaining portfolio assessments on four-year- olds.) A.' Portfolio began on all children 6.2 Analyze student assessment test data and prepare report for LRSD Board of Directors. A. Began analyzing student assessment data 6.3 Utilize results for program improvement. A. Results of assessment \u0026amp; parent surveys were utilized to make program improvements. 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Classroom teachers (Classroom teachers) Assoc Supt Supervisor Planning, Evaluation, and Testing (Assoc Supt Supervisor) 6:1 Evaluation results 6.1 (Documentation of portfolios recording the work which children do and what they know.) 6.2 Evaluation report 6.3 (Areas targeted for improvement.) 7. Support the continued work of the LRSD Early Childhood Task Force as a valuable avenue for parent, teacher, and community input. 07/01/95 06/30/96 7,1 Conduct monthly Task Force meetings A. Task Force formed and meetings scheduled 02, 4 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25%LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 5 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the LRSD. PC.SSD. NLR.SD, Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantaged students in the city of Little Rock. L19 LI9 L19 Plan Reference Page Number LI9 L19 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To develop a plan for planning a city-wide early childhood program. 3. To initiate the planning for the implementation of a city wide early childhood program. 1.4 To receive a letter of support from each agency desiring to participate. 2.1 To establish planning procedures and identify key committees and chairpersons needed for the planning process. 2.2 To identify appropriate additional representatives from each participating agency for each committee. 2.3 To delineate the goals to be addressed and the tasks to be accomplished by each committee, including appropriate timelines to be met. 3.1 To conduct periodic meetings to review progress of each committee. 3.2 To identify resources needed by identified by each committee, including monetary. 02, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key represenutives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs File record letters Structured plan for planning on file. Record of committee members Record of committee members Minutes of meetings Identification of committee Page: 6 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D.. P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Stan and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantaged students in the city of Little Rock. L19 LI9 Plan RefereiKe Page Number L7 (N) LIO(N) LIO(N) LIO(N) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 To review the first draft of the comprehensive plan and to make recommendations for refinement. 3.4 To submit the final draft for approval to all participant Boards of Directors (where applicable). 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Submission of first draft Draft submitted to Board 1. (To collaborate with HIPPY. P.C.S.S.C.. N.L.R.S.D., Head Start, and other entities in order to fulfill the district's expecutions for a quality Early Childhood Education Program.) (N) I.l (To establish a schedule of regular meetings of representatives of the various entities.) (N) 1.2 (Supervisors meet to discuss individual program needs and to determine if resources can be shared.XN) A. Group met to di.scuss individual program needs and if resources could be shared. 1.3 (To plan joint inservices for administrators, teachers arxl instructional assistants.)(N) 02. 6 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.1 (Schedule and minutes of all meetings) 1.2 (Roster of participants and minutes of meetings) 1.3 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices)Page: 7 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year OW Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D.. P.C.S.S.D.. N.L.R.S.D.. Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantaged students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number LIO(N) L1O (N) L11 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Planning for joint inservices for administrators, teachers and instructional aides. 1.4 (To plan joint parent involvement activkies-XN) A. Planning for joint parent involvement activities. 1.5 (To use a student referral system allowing parents on a waiting list to know about vacanc i es.)(N) A. Referrals will be made between agenc i es 1.6 A representative from the Little Rock School Oistrict Student Assignment Office will meet each year with parents from both programs to review the kirxlergarten assignment process. The anrxjal sessions on kindergarten registration will also be used to provide information on magnet school opportunities. A. Parent recruiter coordinators from the student assignment office did presentations for various groups. 02, 7 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 25% 06/30/96 25X 06/30/96 25X 06/30/96 07/29/95 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart St^rvisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSO/KLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.4 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices) 1.5 (List of vacancies each entity has.) Page: 8 Program Seq *: 02 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine (he efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantaged students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comi^etion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L11 1.7 Beginning in the 1990-91 school year, a list will be compiled of all graduates from the three early childhood programs. These students will be identified in the Little Rock School District mainframe computer system according to their respective programs. A. Rock. List received from city of Little 07/01/95 25X 02, 8 1.7 At the end of each year for grades K-3, these students will be monitored on the basis of standardized tests, criter ion-reference tests, EPSF screening, or any other academic measures that ere available and applicable. The entities Mill review these results on an annual basis, prior to the beginning of the fol lowing school year, and make prograwnatic changes, individualIv and collectively, as needed. These students will be compared to a control group in order to isolate the effectiveness and/or deficiencies of the various early childhood programs.Program Seq f: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: 10 Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: Program Budget: YTD Expeiwlitures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 1 Revision Date: Adams/Parker/Glasgow November 6, 1995 except Metropolitan Nam, and Location of Academic Support Programs  The name of all district remediation programs will be Academic Support Programs^ All school Vocational-Technical Education Center. Purpose - Ilie purpose of the Academic Support Program is Io provide support for participating students in grades one through twelve in me areas ol reading, languag vocational Technical Mucmm^C_^^^ certified reading specialists additional classes, and labs. Scope and Content - The Academic Support Program offers a variety of options to the individual schools for providing .cce^^taad annual smdent assessment. Multiple criteria, including student grades, teacher recommendations, and smdent records ate used to select smdents from the eligible population to participate tn the Academic Suppo mathematics. The program classrooms, experiences Program. (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure (2) Develop and maintain a suff that is well-trained and motivated. that all studettls grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. LZCVCIup dllM iiiaiiiwaiaa a jwiii wim* aw  ------------------------------------ , (3) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. (4) Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. S :ni s=\ndl d=te m their day Io day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view culnital diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. (6) Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the Academic Support Program is Io provide equilable language arts and mathemalics learning eaperiences for all students in the mainstream sening by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. LP 1-20 $1,592,924.90 $132,025.63 I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $132,025.63 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 75.60 03, 1Program Seq f: 03 Program Name:  Academic Support Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number March 19, 1993 Revised Academic Support Program P I p4.13 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Adams/Parker/Glasgow The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistaiKe needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To identify and serve students who are at-risk in language arts arul mathematics. 1.1 Explain the Academic Support Program options to local school administrators. A. Language Arts Plus and Math Plus and traditional in-class support. 1.2 Provide an overview of how all the Individual Academic Support Progranu will be coordinated for continuity of services to children and efficient use of resources. -All schools will implement the Board-approved uniform curriculum. 03, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/31/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/29/95 06/30/96 Local school teams Associate Supt. for Curriculum Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors 1. (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 1.1 (Schedule of meeting.) 1.2 (Observation reports and staff development activities records are on file.)Page: 3 Program Seq #: 03 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p7.10 The established critical attributes of the Academic Support Program will be evident in each school. The revised curriculum (K-I2) has been sequentially developed and the objectives have been correlated to the skills in Arkansas Minimum Performance Test, Stanford Achievement Test-Eighth Edition, and existing computer-assisted instructional software. Tb provide for continuous improvement of teachers, records will be maintained on staff development activities. -New staff members will be targeted for appropriate staff development activities as well as participation in the districts \"New Teacher Initiative.\" A. Principals Meeting 07/17/95 08/04/95 B. Title I Specialists Meeting 08/15/95 08/15/95 p 13 p 11.13 1.3 Select the local schools appropriate Academic Support Program. (Indirect/direct/extended services) 1.4 Identify students selected for participation in each program by school/grade level. A. Students identified and selected. 03, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 75% Local school administrators Local school teams 1.3 (Selection on File at buildinglevel and in office of Director of Federal Programs.) 1.4 (Print-out of eligible students is provided tn local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) JPage: 4 Program Seq \u0026gt;: 03 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comfrfetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria P 12.13 p 12,13 p 13 1.5 Select staff (Identify by position) responsible for delivering Academic Support Program. A. Staff selected for 1995'96 school year. 1.6 Schedule the academic teams staff. A. Schedules on file at Office of Federal Programs B. Schedules posted in classroom 1.7 Implement selected school options at local level. A. Program options implemented 03, 4 07/01/95 08/01/95 07/01/95 08/22/95 08/22/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 09/29/95 06/30/96 75% 75% 06/30/96 06/30/96 Principal PriiKipal Principal and staff 1.5 (Staff assignments are determined at the building level and assignments filed at the Office of Federal Programs.) 1.6 (Schedules are developed listing team's contact time, number of students served, and other variables associated with the teams responsibilities.) 1.7 (Schedules of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).)Program Seq #: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader\nHenry Williams SecoiMlary Leader: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number P 7.8,20 P 1 p 14 pl4 Page: 5 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Adams/Parker/Glasgow The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comfrfetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To prescribe a personalized intervention plan for eligible students. 2. (To prescribe a personal education plan for targeted students.) 1.8 Utilize resources invested in PAL remediation approach by reallocating staff positions, computer hardware, software programs, and other equipment and materials toward the new approach to remediation. 2.1 Cluster schools and develop a staff development schedule for curriculum clusters. 2.2 Begin training staff responsible for delivering each Academic Support Program. 03, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 (Principal. Coordinator of Media Services. Director of Federal Programs, and Curriculum Supervisors) Principal and staff Directors of Staff Development and Reading\nSupervisors of Language Arts and Mathematics Directors of Staff Development and Reading: Supervisors of Language Arts, Mathematics and IRC Specialists, Director of Federal Programs 1.8 (Technology Department's inventory and schedules of staffing reflect reallocations of resources.) 2. (Personal education plans of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school opiion(s).) 2.1 (Staff development schedule on file.) 2.2 (Staff training for participants will include program administration (student selection process, recordkeeping. progress reports) instructional strategies, parental involvement, and others.)Page: 6 Program Seq #\n03 Revision Date: Program Name: November 6, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number Academic Support Program Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow The goal of Ihe Academic Suppon Program is lo provide eqoilable language arts and madiemalics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed selling by supporting them with the instructional and technical accictunr^ r/\\ re1llAA ikaa lAmmanau ajMOva assistarKC needed to reduce (he learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Workshops -Principal's meeting 08/04/95 08/04/95 p 14 -Principals meeting Title I Specialist Inservice Title 1 Specialist Inservice -Preschool Secondary Math Teachers -Math Plus Inservice Math Plus Inservice -Secondary Math Council 2.3 Monitor the implementation of above. A. On site visits made to elementary and secondary schools by staff 2.3 (Monitor the implementation of the Academic Support Program options. These programs may vary from year-to-year.) 2.4 Monitor instruction and learning in Academic Support Program settings on a regular basis and observe to determine: -Teachers involving students in a variety of classroom activities (hat address learning styles and cultural diversity. 03, 6 08/15/95 09/11/95 08/14/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/12/95 07/01/95 08/22/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 09/11/95 08/14/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/12/95 06/30/96 20% 06/30/96 Principals, districtwide staff development team, and computer specialists Principals 2.3 (School visits/observations are made to provide feedback (oral/wrillen) to trained staff.) Teacher observations and evaluations on record.Page: 7 Program Seq 9: 03 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p 7.9.10.19 -Teachers selecting methods and strategies that capitalize on students interests and experiences. -Teachers demonstrating creativity and resourcefulness tn delivering instruction. -Teachers utilizing effective classroom strategies, such as tutors, small-group Instruction, and extended day/week programs, to maintain the gains students have made. -Teachers interacting with students in a caring manner. -Teachers recording of students data that shows increased student achievement and social skills (letter and citizenship grades, standardized test scores, attendance). p7,15 2.5 Provide technical assistance and maintenance workshops as needed in the above staff development areas. A. Technical assistance has been provided to elementary arxl secondary schools. B. Title I Specialist Inservice C. Title I Specialist Inservice 03, 7 07/01/95 08/22/95 09/11/95 09/19/95 00/30/96 15% 09/11/95 09/19/95 Principals, districtwide staff development team, and computer specialists, Office of Fed. Programs (Principals, districtwide staff development team, curriculum supervisors, IRC specialists) 2.4 (Requests for technical assistance are documented and evaluated. Feedback related to improvement or change is recorded.)Page: 8 Program Seq #: 03 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Ih-ogram Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathemalics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number p 7,10,1$ p 10,15 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.6 Schedule school based meetings to assess program effectiveness. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principal 2.5 (Records of dates of meetings and participants, minutes of meetings, and issues related to program effectiveness are maintained.) 3. To reduce or eliminate pull-out academic support programs. 3.1 Collect appropriate data for end of school program evaluation, including pre and post staitdardized test scores, student grades and atlendaiKe, samples of student work, and parent/tcacher/student recommendations. 3.2 Analyze the above data to evaluate program effectiveness in meeting its particular programmatic goals and objectives of remediating student achievement and contributing to the overall reduction of disparity between Mack and white students. 03, 8 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Principal and staff\nDir. of Federal Programs Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supervisors, and Principals, Office of Fed. Programs 3.1 (Individual student folders that include a systematic collection of student work, pre and post standardized lest scores, grades, and recommendations to provide individual/group/school progress are mainuined for continuous student and program progress.) 3.2 Academic Support Programs will be successfully operating in all district schools as evidenced by: -Increased student achievement. Improvement on standardized test scores. Increased numbers of students moving to the next quartile. Increased number of students moving above the 50(h percentile.Page: 9 Program Seq f: 03 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Suppon Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for ail students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. pis P5 Plan Reference Page Nianber P 1.20 P9 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 Identify modification for (be Academic Support Program for 1995-96. A. Math Plus initiated in regular math, pre-algebra, algebra 3.4 Support and extend learning opportunities for students by making available to targeted students before-school, at lunch, after-school, ar*d periodic exteiwled weeks computer lab instruction. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 75% 06/30/96 4. To provide parents the knowledge and skills needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supervisors, PritKipals and Office of Federal Programs Director of Federal Programs, Principals (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs. Curriculum Supervisors) 3.3 (The 1995-96 school year will reflect modifications.) 3.4 (Schedules will reflect additional instructional services.) 4. Parental involvement will show an increase in the numbers of parents attending parent confereiKes and parent training sessions and visiting schools. 4.1 Assist parents in obtaining the knowledge and skills needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school through: providing timely information regarding students' achievement and behavior. -involving them in informative and effective conferences concerning their childs education, -involving parents as partners in their childs educational process. 07/01/95 06/30/96 (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors) 4.1 (Records of parental involvement activities on file.) 03, 9Program Seq #: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Page: 10 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Provided parent/teacher support at schools\ncortducted parent meetings B. Parent Involvement meetings with Key Facilitators and/or Executive Council C. Title I Parent Kick-Off (200) 07/05/95 07/12/95 09/16/95 20% 10% 09/16/95 03, 10Program Seq 04 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal I Program Description: 1. The Multiculhiral Curriculum Program is designed to provide equity and excellence in all curricular and program areas in the Little Rock School District. (6) The program is further designed to reduce the disparity that exists between black and white students in academic performances and the low representation of black students in advanced placement courses as well as in special activities and programs. (1.6) 2. In order to achieve the components klentified in the Multicultural Curriculum Program, multicultural curriculum guides will be used in all schools. Teachers will receive extensive and ongoing staff development in the use of the guides as well as training in the implementation of strategies, techniques, and activities to use to ensure that instruction meets the cultural, academic and social needs of all children. (1,3,6) To supplement existing instructional materials focusing on cultural diversity from a multicultural perspective materials will be purchased for use in all schools and programs. 3. The participants in the Multicultural Program consists of all teachers, K-12. in core area subjects in addition to music and art teachers. Students of all social, cultural, and ethnic backgrounds will be affected the greatest by activities outlined in the Multiculniral Curriculum Program. 4. Smdents will be provided oopoitunities to develop better self-esteem, 5. Students will have opportunities to examine the artistic, musical, scientific, literary, social and political accomplishments of many ethnic groups. District Goal Support: Goal No. I. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 4. Solicit and secure finarKial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among studenu. staff and the conununity as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 2Ist Century. Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) E Plan References: L66 - 80 ] FY Program Budget: $123,868.60 YTD Expenditures: $11,354.76 I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $11,354.76 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 5 Related Function Codes: 04, 1 1r LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq iC: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD (o promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) L 66 Plan RefereiKe Page Number L66 L66 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide teacher learning opportunities through formal course training 1.1 Contact local colleges and universities to obtain information on proposed course offerings related to ethnic studies for the summer and fall, 1991 1.1 (LRSD will receive announcements from local colleges/universities on proposed multicultural courses) A. Original obligation completed. Learning opportunities disseminated as received. 1.2 Receive and advertise course offerings to all certified staff, including opportunities for tuition reimbursement and/or salary credit A. Original obligation completed. Learning opportunities disseminated as received. 04, 2 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Director of Staff Development. Subject Area Supervisors. Principals) Assoc Supt.-Educ. Programs Dean of Grad. Sch. Academic Deans (Director of Staff Development) (Supervisor of Social Studies) Assoc Supt  Educ Programs Office of Human Resources 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) l.I List of college offerings 1.1 (The number of teachers who have received multicultural training will increase.) 1.2 Copy of information providedPage: 3 Program Seq f\n04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elemenury and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I. 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L66 Plan Reference Page Number L66 L66 L66 L66 L 66 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Identify participants in summer and fall courses (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Employees (Director of Human Resources) 1.3 Copy of academic course completion on tile in Personnel office (Office of Human Resources) 2. To develop a district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue 2. (To maintain district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue) 2.1 Review and catalogue present audio/visual materials related to multicultural curriculum 2.2 Purchase additional audio/visual materials from the 1988-89 budget 2.3 Identify and catalogue other resources for multicultural audio/visual maleriab, i.e., AR Dept of Education, LR Public Library, AR Library Commission 2.4 Revise, print and distribute multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue for the LRSD 04, 3 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors, principals) Supv of Media Services Superv of Media Services 2. (Multicultural resources will be used for classroom instruction) 2.1 Current catalogue listing 2.1 (Copies of updated multicultural audio/visual catalogue will be distributed) 2.1 (Multicultural materials will be checked out arxl used by instructional staff in the schools) 2.2 Requisition material 2.2 (Materials ordered, received, and catalogued for distribution/use) 2.3 2.4 2.4 Completed catalogue Distribution of catalogue (Multicultural materials will be checked out by schools)Page: 4 I Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L66 Plan RefererKe Page Number L 67 L67 L67 L67 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.5 Place initial supi^emental order for muHicuttural audio/visual materials from the 1989- 90 budget (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Media Specialists 2.5 Requisitions submitted 2.5 (Materials are available for check-out/use) 3. To plan and implement Ihe Instructional Materials Fair (Mullicuilural) 3. (To supply information about multicultural materials for purchase lo teachers, parents atKl the community) 3.1 Involve a team of parents, community resources, and teachers in detailed planning for the Fair-specific dales, time, place and format-to be held as a component of 1988-89 pre-school confereiKe 3.1 (To plan and implement the Instructional Multicultural Materials Fair for current term) A. Tri-District meeting held lo plan Multicultural Materials Fair. Fair date set for October 26. 1995. 3.2 Identify lutional and local vendors of multicultural instructional materials 3.3 Establish pre-school confereiKe dales and extend invitation to vendors 3.3 (Establish date for Fair) A. Date Established - October 26. 1995. 04, 4 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/13/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/13/95 07/01/95 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 07/13/95 09/30/95 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 07/13/95 09/30/95 (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) (Supv of Media Services) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Supv of Media Services) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Executive Staff Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3. (Multicultural materials will he used by instructional staff in all schools) 3. (Evaluate the effectiveness of the Multicultural Fair) 3.1 Implementation Plan 3.1 (Involved input from parents, community, and teachers) 3.2 Completion ol mailing list 3.2 (Major suppliers of multicuftural materials will be invited to exhibit al the Fair) 3.3 Conference scheduled 3.3 (Fair date placed on District master calendar) Program Seq #: 04 Page: 5 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Muiticulniral Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multiculniral activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1.2, 3, 4.) L67 L67 Plan RefereiKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L67 L67 L68 L68 L68 L 68 3.4 Confirm Fair participants 3.S Acquaint principals and central office staff with iMans and Fair relationship to desegregation efforts A. Fair date listed on LRSD calendar. 3.6 Conduct media campaign for Fair to staff and parents 3.7 Host tri-district \"Instructional Materials Fair\" 3.7 (Host the Multiculniral Fair rotating the site among the three districts) 4.1 Revise Board policy for textbook adoption 4.2 Identify an ad hoc committee to review criteria presently being used in LRSD and other districts for textbook adoptions (10 members) 4.3 Conduct staff development training on avoiding sex and race bias and stereotyping in textbooks 4.3 (Textbooks on the approved Arkansas State Department of Education's textbook list are free of sex/race bias) 4.4 Submit revised policy and criteria to the Board of Directors for first reading 04, 5 07/01/95 (07/01/95) 07/13/95 (07/01/95) (07-01-95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 35'' 06/30/96 (06/30/96) 07/28/95 (06/30/96) (6/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Supv of Media Services Assoc Supt for Deseg and Schoob Supv of Media Services, Dir of Communications Assoc Supt of Educational Programs working with committee Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Arkansas State Dept, of Education) Superintendent Assoc Supt for Ed Progs 3.4 3.4 3.S 3.5 ConTirmation (List of participating vendors) Staff agenda (Staff can relate Fair to the District's desegregation efforts) 3.6 Publicity 3.6 (Fair is advertised to the public) 3.7 3.7 4.1 4.2 Validate Fair participation (Materials ordered/purchased) Approved criteria Roster of committee members 4.3 Schedule of meeting and agenda 4.3 (Textbooks selected will be free of sex/race bias) 4.4 Board agenda Page: 6 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 68 L68 Plan Reference Page Number L68 L69 L69 L69 L69 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.5 Adopt policy on textbooks 4.6 Utilize a local consultant to train staff on \"Avoiding Sex and Race Stereotyping in Textbooks\" 4.7 Select and recommend Io Board for adoption of textbooks (elementary and secondary) based on criteria for adoption (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) LRSD Board of Directors Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Specialists) 4.5 4.6 4.6 Board agenda Monitoring (Textbooks are free of sex/race stereotypes) 4.7 Board approval 4.7 (Criteria checklist was used for textbook selection) 5. To develop and implement a multicultural curriculum for pre-klndergarlen through grade 6 5. (To implement the LRSD curriculum. K-6. which is multicultural) 5.1 Plan and host at least three (3) public meetings to receive suggestions from patrons on areas to be iiKluded in a multicultural curriculum 5.2 Identify and retain the services of a national expert in multicultural curriculum development (lead consultant for two (2) year contract). 5.3 In cooperation with the lead consultant, the Division of Educational Programs will issue a detailed curriculum development timeline for the year, including a checklist for task completion 04, 6 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Principals. Teachers, Asst. Supts., Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educ Prog Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Educatioital Programs Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 5. (Improvement in student performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 5.1 5.2 the Transcript of suggestions Contractual commitment for 1988-89 school year (Dr. James A. Banks was used) 5.3 Timeline/checklist (Timeline included in this document 5.5  5.17)Page: 7 Program Seq 04 Revision Dale: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1, 2. 3. 4.) L 69 L69 L69 L 70 L70 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Develop expectations for members participating on multicultural curriculum committee 5.5 Identify curriculum committee members and coittract for services: 8 - Hcahh/Science 5 - Musk 14 * Reading/Language Arts 3-Art 4 - Social Studies 4  Libraries 38 5.5 (Ail core curriculum areas were involved in the development of guides) 5.5 (Curriculum areas revised were: Reading. Language Arts. Social Studies. Math, and Science) 5.6 Obtain multicultural curriculum units from models used in other cities 5.7 Develop expectations for use of local resource consultant tn multicultural curriculum development 5.8 Secure the services of six (6) local resource consultants to serve on the district wide curriculum development committee 04, 7 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Educatioiul Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5,4 Expectations 5.4 (Contractual agreements with curriculum writers) 5.5 Identification of committee members 5.6 Copies of multicultural materials distributed to committee members 5.7 List of expectations 5.8 Contract services of consultants Jr Page: 8 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 I Isogram Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L70 L 70 L 70 L 70 L70 5.9 Conduct inservice session on \"Methods for Developing Multicultural Teaching Strategies\" to include (a) understanding Ihe rationale, trends, and goals multicultural curriculum, (b) developing a conceptual framework for multicultural curriculum, and (c) establishing procedures for developing a multicultural curriculum A. Preschool science inservice included a component about multicultural contributors in science. 5.10 Conduct task completion monitoring as idenlifted in limeline 5.11 Operatiorulize the curriculum development limeline (monthly meetings with specific dates developed in cooperation with committee members) 5.12 Review and edit the comprehensive guides In each content area at each grade level 5.13 Type and print all guides 04, 8 (07/01/95) 08/21/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 08/22/95 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Div of Educational Programs (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educatiorul Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.9 Participants written evaluation 5.9 (Original inservice completed\nongoing inservice will be documented and evaluated by participants) 5.10 Implementation of monitoring instrument 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.13 Agenda of each meeting Implementation of guides Guides completed (Guides delivered to schools)Page: 9 Program Seq 04 Revbiion Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader\nMarie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1,2.3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multiculniral activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) L 70 Plan Reference Page Number L70 L70 L70 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.14 Conduct inservice for all elementary principab and teachers A. Inservice in multicultural science curriculum at principals' institute. B. Inservice in multicultural science curriculum at preschool conference for teachers. 5.15 Involve principals and teachers in ordering multicultural materials from local building budgets\n5.16 Extend Inservice through scheduled district level regular elementary cluster meetings (reading, language arts, social studies, art, and music) 5.17 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of elementary children Io provide an overview of (he comprehensive multicultural curriculum 04, 9 (07/01/95) 07/18/95 08/21/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 07/18/95 08/22/95 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Elem Teachers I^incipals Principals Assoc Supt for Eklucational Programs Division of Educational Programs 5.14 Agenda 5.14 (Curriculum implementation) 5.14 (Inservice on revised curriculum is ongoing) 5.IS Acquisition of materials 5.15 (Instructionalmalerials representing diverse groups will be present in all schools) 5.16 (Inservice on revised curriculum is being offered through minicourses and building meetings during the 1993-94 school year) 5.17 Program and roster of participants 5.17 (Assessment of multicultural education during parent conferences) Page: 10 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: Plan RefereiKe Page Number L72 L74 L74 L75 (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) 10 ensure euucaiionai cquuy in uic cichkuuii\nri svwiiwai/ , . -0-------------  r. ------ - t -y 1 a \\ To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development, (Applies only to page 76, ob|ecttves I, z, 4. 4.j To ensure educational equity In the elementary and secondary curriculum and program Objectives 6. To develop and implement a multicultural curriculum for grades 7*12 (To implement the revised curriculum 7-12, which is multicultural) areas. Strategies 6.16 Involve principals and teachers in ordering multicultural materials from local building budgets: 6.17 Monitor the use of curriculum guides A. Curriculum Directors. Supervisors. Coordinators, and Specialisu monitor teachers' implementation of the curriculum guide. 6.18 Extend inservice through scheduled district level regular council meetings (reading, English, social studies, scieiKe, art, and music for the secondary level) 04, 10 Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 25% (06/30/96) (Principals. Teachers, Asst. Supts.. Subject Area Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs PrirKipals Area Supervisors Assoc Supt and Staff for Educational Programs 6. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 6. (Improvement in student academic performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 6.16 Materials purchased 6.16 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all secondary schools) 6.17 Schedule/Documenlation 6.17 (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits and teacher conferences) 6.17 (Improvement in student achievement and attitude toward self and learning) 6.18 Agenda of meetings, roster of participants 6.18 Additional inservice will occur through minicourses and council meetings during 1993-94)Page 11 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) . ............................. ..... J_______ /i__:____1.. ____ It. I 1 1 A \\ To ensure tuuLdUUim  mv wiwiii.iii.\n...... ----------------------r-- v--------- ... ' To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2. 3^4.) L75 Plan RefercrKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L76 1. To provide staff development in the area of multicultural education L 76 6.19 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of secondary children to provide an overview of the comprehensive multicultural curriculum (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Assoc. Supt. for Educational Programs (Content Area Supervisor, Principals) 07/01/95 (06/30/96) (Director of Suff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, PritKipals) 6.19 Program aiHl roster of participants 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1. (Academic achievement of students will improve as evidenced by report cards and standardized tests) 1.1 Jointly negotiate for consultants to provide inservice for the districts 1.1 (Conduct staff development in the area of multicultural education) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educ Programs (Director of Staff Development) i.l 1.1 11 Contractual agreement (Roster of participants) (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) 04, 11 iPage: 12 Program Seq 9: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3, 4.) L 76 Plan Reference Page Number L76 L76 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To provide access lo and information about multicultural materials to teachers, parents, community 3. To provide information to staff members on the availability of graduate course work in multicultural education (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (PCSSD - Coor for Multicultural Curr Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs. Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials) 2. (Teachers, parents, community will have the opportunity to attend Multicultural Materials Fair) 2.1 Share responsibility for Multicultural Materials Fair to be held annually A. Tri-District meeting held to plan Multicultural Materials Fair. Fair date set for October 26. 1995. 04, 12 (07/01/95) 07/13/95 (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 07/13/95 (06/30/96) PCSSD - Coor for Multicultural Curr Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials (Director of Staff Development. Subject Area Supervisors. PritKipals) 2.1 Schedule of vendors 2.1 (The Multicultural Fair will be jointly planned by LRSD. NLRSD and PCSSD) 3. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) Page: 13 Program Seq 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L76 Plan Reference Page Number L76 L 76 Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Write letters to institutions of higher education in the area concerning (he need for such courses 3.1 Promote such courses to (he staffs of each school district 3.2 (Duplication of number) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 4. To investigate the possibilities of cooperating on strategies Io acquaint staff and corrununities with muhicullural education (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 04, 13 PCSSD  Coor of Instructional Materials LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials PCSSD Coord of Multicultural NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materials (LRSD Director of Staff Development, Supervisor of Social Studies) (PCSSD Coor of Multicultural LRSD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materials) 3.1 letters on file 3.1 (The number of teachers enrolled in multicultural courses will increase) 3.1 Promotional instruments file 3.2 (Duplication of number) 3.2 (The number of teachers enrolled in multiculniral courses will increase) 4. (Multicultural education strategies will be used in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) 4. (Assessment of community discussion/conferences, feedback from debriefing of multicultural education)Page: 14 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the clemenury and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L76 Plan Reference Page Number L77 L77 L77 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To enhance educational equity in instructional methodology and teacher/student Interaction 4.1 Meet to discuss possibilities of seminars, symposiums, or other activities to promote multicultural education among the three districts 4.1 (Plan, schedule, advertise and implement strategies) 1.1 Research and share effective instructioiuil strategies at regularly scheduled council and program area meetings A. Research/effective instructional strategies shared/demonstrated at preschool/cluster/council meetings in all content areas. 1.2 Purchase science supplies for teachers to facilitate the hands-on science approach 04, 14 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 25% (06/30/96) PCSSD Coor of Multicultural LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materials (Director of Communications, Director of Staff Development) (Curriculum Supervisors. Curriculum Specialists, Principals) Content Area Supervisors Supvs of Specific Content Areas 4,1 Minutes of meeting 4.1 (Three collaborative activities will be held to inform staff and community about multicultural activities) I. (Assessment of instruction/teacher student interaction during classroom/school observation and conference) I. (Increase in student achievement) 1.1 Documentation within the Division of Educational Programs l.I (Assessment of implementation of instructional strategies through classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1.2 Materials purchased 1.2 (Hands-on science activities used in District classrooms)Page: 15 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) L77 L77 Plan Reference Page Number L77 L77 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. A box of scierKe equipment and supplies was sent to each elementary school. 1.3 Purchase math manipulative for teachers to facilitate hands-on math instruction A. Math manipulatives and supplies were provided for Math Plus teachers. 1.4 Purchase sets of trade books for teachers to facilitate the emphasis on literature and (he wholeness of language approach A. Tradebooks purchased I.S Provide inservice for using materials identified in 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 A. Provided 18 inservices to assist teachers in use of materials 1.6 Identify needs of teachers for improved delivery of instruction using student data, principal recommendation, school improvement plans, and teacher questionnaires as the basis for decision making. (Resource: LRSD Resource Staff Development Guide) A. Visitation report forms are provided to principals after classroom observations. The comments can be used by principals to identify needs for staff development. 04, 15 09/01/95 (07/01/95) 09/19/95 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) 09/01/95 09/15/95 (06/30/96) 09/20/95 (06/30/96) 25% 06/30/96 25% (06/30/96) 25% Supvs of Specific Content Areas Supvs of Specific Content Areas Supervisors of Specific Areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) PrirKipals, Teachers, and Content Area Supervisors 1.3 Materials purchased 1.3 (Manipulative are used in District math classrooms) 1.4 Materials purchased 1.4 (Whole language is used in District classrooms) 1.5 Documentation of participants 1.5 (Desired instructional strategies are being implemented in District classrooms as assessed through classroom observations and teacher confereiKes) 1.6 Observation of instruction 1.6 Disaggregation of data 1.6 (Individual Improvement Plans, HPs, reflect identified needs of teachers) Page: 16 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Mullicuilural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives I, 2, 3, 4.) L77 L78 Plan Reference Page Number L78 L78 L 78 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To incorporate multicultural materials into Ihe instructional programs 1.7 Submit the inservice needs to the Staff Development Department 1.8 Schedule teachers as IdentiRed for the appropriate inservice A. District wide workshops have been planned. B. Eight (8) workshops conducted to improve delivery of instruction. 1.9 Monitor the teachers use of effective instruclioruil and classroom management strategies A. Classroom visitations by curriculum staff are ongoing. 2.1 Review and assess appropriate multicultural materials 04, 16 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/01/95 08/09/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 25% 25% 06/30/96 25% (06/30/96) (06/30/96) PritKipals Staff Development Department Supervisors of speciRc areas (Principals) (Supervisors of SpeciRc Areas. Curriculum Specialists. Principals) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) 1.7 Staff development documentation (Needs identified in school improvement plans) 1.8 Staff development documentation 1.8 (Inservice will be provided that addresses the needs of teachers as identified in Ihe school improvement plan) 1.9 (Assessment of implementation of strategies through classroom observations and teacher conferences) 2. (Observe implementation of materials at teacher conferences and during classroom visits) 2.1 (Multicultural materials used in District classrooms)Page: 17 Program Seq 04 Revision Dale\nNovember 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document eaccE! for page 76. ob^ctives 1.2. 3. 4 ) To ensure ewuva\u0026lt;rai  u.w ...v.......m....------   To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3^.4.) L 78 Plan Reference Page Number L78 L 78 L78 L78 L78 L78 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. To implement organizational practices that will enharKe educational equity 2.2 Identify and suggest multicultural material to be purchased at local school level by content and grade 2.3 Schedule workshops on use of materials (where appropriate) 2.4 Monitor the use of appropriate multicultural materials 3.1 Provide teachers with training for effective in- class grouping 3.2 Monitor implementation of strategies through classroom visitations and feedback in follow-up workshops 3.3 Review placement criteria for enrichment/ hoimrs and advanced placement classes 04, 17 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) (Assoc. Supt.. Assist. Supt.. Principals, Teachers) Supervisors of specific areas Supervisors of specific areas Assoc Supt of Educational Programs 2.2 (Titles/descripiion of materials forwarded to schools) 2.3 (Catalogue listings) 2.3 (Multicultural materials used in District classrooms) 2.4 (Classroom observations/ teacher conferences reflect use of multicultural materials) (3. Educational programs in LRSD have equitable participation and success by all students) 3.1 (Grouping practices are equitable in LRSD classrooms) 3.2 (Assessment of classroom observation) ' 3.3 (Placement practices in LRSD classrooms will increase participation of black students in GT/Honors/AP classes)Page: 18 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I. 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1.2, 3. 4.) L 78 Plan Reference Page Number L79 L 79 L79 L79 L79 L79 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. AP Committee is reviewing placement criteria. 3.4 Provide support Io principals in monitoring the distribution of students in higher level courses to assess gender and race equity 07/01/95 (07/01/95) 25% (06/30/96) Assoc and Asst Supts 3.4 (Classroom observation of student enrollment and enrollment reports to central office will reflect equitable distribution of gender and race) 4. To ensure increased educational equity throt^h inservice training 5. To ensure equity in the selection and use of textbooks (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 4. (Educational programs in LRSD have equitable participation and success by all students) 1 4.1 Refer to activities outlined in items 1.2 - 1.4 above 4.1 (Purchase science supplies, math manipulative, iradebooks) 5.1 Inventory and assess current textbooks for multicultural presence 5.2 Identify the deficiencies existing in current textbooks 5.3 Select and purchase resource materials to replace or supplement areas of deficiency 04, 18 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Supervisor of speciflc areas (Assoc Supt of Curr., Subject Area Supervisors. Teachers. Principals) Supervisor of specific areas (Curriculum supervisors. Teachers) (Curriculum supervisors) (Media specialists) (Principals) 4.1 (Updated multicultural materials in schools) 4.1 (Enrollment/implemen-tation of staff development courses) 5. (Criteria checklist that includes multicultural and sex/race bias-free factors is used to select textbooks) 5.1 (Criteria checklist for textbook selection) 5.2 (Deficiencies are identified) 5.3 (Curriculum resource guides are used to provide updates) Page: 19 Program Seq 04 Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2. 3. 4.) L79 Plan RefererKe Page Number L79 L79 L79 L 79 L 80 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. To achieve equity in (he implementation of special activities 5.4 Provide training for use of supplemental materials 5.5 Monitor teacher implementation of the use of multicultural texts/materials in the curricula 5.6 Develop a checklist for selection of rKw textbooks during the adoption cycle to facilitate the selection of a text that is free of gender, race, and ethnic stereotypes 6.1 Ensure that student participation in special events is multicultural and that the quality of participation is equitable 6.2 Develop guides for each course area that are multicultural in content and that facilitate equity in methodology 04, 19 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Curriculum supervisors) Principals and Content Area Supervisors Content Area Supervisors (Assoc. Supt. for Educational Programs) (Assoc. Supt.. Assist. Supt.. Principals. Teachers. Content Area Supervisors) Principals and Teachers Supervisor of specific area 5.4 (Training is provided during cluster meetings, building meetings, minicourses and/or council meetings) 5.5 Schedule/Documentation 5.5 (Assess implementation through classroom observation) 5.5 (Improvement in snident achievement) 5.6 Textbook checklist 5.6 (Textbook checklist implemented to ensure bias-free textbooks) 6. (Increased representation of black smdents in activities currently under- represented) 6.1 Participation data 6.1 (Increased representation of black students in activities currently under-represented)  6.2 (Implemenution of revised curriculum guides)Page: 20 Program Seq iF: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the cicmenury and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) L80 Plan Reference Page Number L80 L 80 L80 L80 L80 L80 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criterto 6.3 Monitor the use of the curriculum guide A. Classroom visitation by curriculum staff are ongoing. (07/01/95) 07/01/95 (06/30/96) 25% (Principals, Subject Area Supervisors) 6.3 (Guide usage is monitored through classroom observations teacher conferences and abacus assessment) 7. To ensure the maintenance of challenging ami relevant course offerings 7.1 Review research and recommended practices for each content/program area A. Research and practices shared by curriculum staff are ongoing. B. Draft Science Standards and State Science Framework were used in revising the science curriculum and providing inservice for teachers. 7.2 Assess (he LRSD course content lo identify needs for changes 7.3 Submit recommendation ami rationale for any new courses to the Assoc Supt for Ed Prog 7.4 Develop curriculum guides for approved courses 7.S Provide inservice for staff on implementation of courses 04, 20 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 25% 25% (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Assoc. Supt. for Curr., Subject Area Supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) Content Area Supervisors 7. (Comparison of student achievement with state/ national level) 7.1 (Documentation of research and practices reviewed) 7.2 (Documented comparison with state, national curriculum standards) 7.3 (Documentation of recommendation and rationale submitted) 7.4 (Implementation of guides) 7.S Documentation of inservice Page\n21 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in (he elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 80 L 80 Objectives Srategies Begiiuiing Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7.5 (Conduct staff development on implementation of new courses) 7.6 Conduct workshops (o appropriate staff on new course offerings 7.7 Monitor implementation of the courses, including equity In assignment of students (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 06/30/96 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Content Area Supervisors Principals (Curriculum supervisors) 7.6 Documentation of workshop 7.7 (Moniior/implementation through classroom observations and teacher conferences) L80 L80 L64 L64 7.8 Review placement criteria for enriched/ honors and advanced placement courses A. AP Comminee is reviewing placement criteria. 7.9 Monitor enrollment in courses to ensure equity in assigrunent/participation of students 7.10 (Monitor) staffing 7.11 A speaker's bureau will be developed to promote a better undersanding of multicultural education in the schools and throughout the community. A. Original obligation completed. Aniculation through PTA and Parent-Teacher conferences allows the community to develop an ongoing and better understanding of Multiculniral Education. 04, 21 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 (06/30/96) 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Assoc Supt for Ed Prog \u0026amp; Principals 7.8 Replacement criteria reviewed 7.8 (Participation of black students in GT/Honors/AP courses will increase) 7.9 Data on file 7.9 (Assessment of enrollment in courses currently under-represented by race (blacks) and sex) 7.11 Parents and community will articulate a positive and knowledgeable understanding of multicultural education. Page: 22 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Muhicutniral Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 17 9.0 A committee with at least one represenutive from each party in the desegregation case will be established to review the curriculum requirements and programs for the three Pulaski County school districts. The committee will recommend any curriculum or program changes necessary to facilitate and/or enhance the movement of students among the districts in Pulaski County. 10.0 Develop and submit to the Board of Directors for adoption a definition and policy regarding multicultural education that provides a rationale and clearly defined  goals. 11.0 Initiate a procedure to field-test new curriculum as it is being developed, providing an opportunity to evaluate the program strengths and weaknesses prior to district wide usage. 07/01/95 06/30/96 9.1 (Meetings with parties from all three Pulaski county districts will meet and discuss curriculum/program offerings and make reccomendaiions where applicable.) 9.2 Recommended curriculum changes will be reviewed and submitted to appropriate administrative department level for appropriate action 10.1 Align state and district approved learner outcome goals with all district curriculum guides submitted for Board approval. 11.1 Field testing of new curriculum designed and evaluated by ASDE 04, 22 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Deputy Supt. Deputy Supt. Curriculum Supervisors Ark. State Dept, of Ed.. Deputy Supt., Curriculum Supervisors 9.1 Implementation of curriculum changes 10.1 District multicultural curriculum reflects learner outcome rationale and goals. 11.1 Implementation and revisions of Held tested curriculum. Page: 23 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal t Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 11.1 (ASDE provides guidelines and structure for the development and piloting of new curriculum. A. Social Studies framework currently being piloted by ADE. 04, 23 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 50%LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 05 Page: 1 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler Program Description: PUIPOS. special cducalion is specially designed inslnicion. a.cos. .o parent, lo mee. die unique ,eds of siudenis wilb Xca^X'nM.m aIZhs inslihliions. odier senings: inslnichon m Ac. (IDEA) to. .esuhs in an adverse effec. on educa.ional performance and to A fid, coniinuum of services is provided which toludes mu,iiples oprions f' institutions, and in other settings: and instruction in . --- determined eligible for special education services when a disability is present as defined in ccoorrrreessppoonndoiinnge needu floorr sspueccvikali ceduucvatioun saewrvoiicwess.. r. ----- ------ -- -------------- -- r , .. hme ten idemified as having diaabililies defined by die IDEA. During the 1992 93 school year. 8.13% of the d.stnct s population or 2,026 students received special education services (Dec. 1. 1992 count). District Goal Support: Program Goal: Goa, , - ,mp,emen. iniegramd educa.iona, progmms to, wil, ensure to, a snidenB grow aodemtofiy socMy a-i T^al'^.^'smdeto wd^dT -hey 21s, Cenniiy. Goa, 4  So,ici, and secum financia, and otor resources to, are necessary ,o fidly suppon our schoo,s. mCudmg our desegregahon p,an. Goa, ,ean,ing for a snidenB. Goa, 6  Ensure to, equi^r occurs in a phases of schoo, aciviries and operaiions. snidenu enrobed ,o reficc, to Disfric, racia, composifion and ,o be comparabie ,0 su,c/na,iona, smlisiics in provision of free The goal of the special education program is to reduce the disparate number of minority appropriate public education to studenu with disabilities. Plan References: LI13 - 123 FY Program Budget: $56,846.12 1st Qtr Expend: $8,944.07 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $8,944.07 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 05, 1 J LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 I I Program Seq iti 05 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadbcrry Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler Program Goal: To ensure equity in representation of black males in special education through comprehensive staff development. (To reduce the disparate number of minority students cru-oUed in special education to reflect the District racial composition and to be comparable to state/nalional statistics in provision of FAPE to students with disabilities.) I Plan Reference Page Number L 113 - 114 L 114 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide Inservice (hat focuses on teacher behavior toward a disproportion of minority students especially black males in special education. (A minimum of 80 percent of the Districts staff will utilize strategies derived from the District's staff development program that will assist black males in improving academic and social skills.) Participate in a tri-district assessment committte with a planned agenda and stated direction, 1.2 Identify teachers with high referral rales of black males to special education. A. Special Education classrolls due B. Enrollment data compiled C. Adjustments made regarding teacher placement 05, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/15/95 09/30/95 09/30/95 Director, Div. of Exceptional Children\nSupv/Coor. of Spec. Ed. Principals 1. ( List of inservice topics, personnel involved, and dates, survey results re: inservice effectiveness will reflect increased implementation of appropriate strategies, data re: learning center effectiveness will reflect increase in successful placement in less restrictive settings. 80% of (he District's staff will utilize strategies derived from the Districts staff development program that will assist black males in improving academic and social skills.) 1.2 (Data compiled yearly, re: over representation will reflect decrease in over representation in targeted schools)Page: 3 Program Seq iV: 05 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler Program Goal: To ensure equity in representation of black males in special education through comprehensive staff development. (To reduce the disparate number of minority students enrolled in special education to reflect the District racial composition and to be comparable to state/national statistics in provision of FAPE to students with disabilities.) Plan Reference Page Ntanber L 114 L 114 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Schedule inservice. A. LRSD cosponsored state conference on Inclusion B. Preschool Inservice for all special education teachers C. D. E 07/01/95 08/10/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 08/11/95 08/15/95 (Supv. Spec. Ed) 1.3 Rates of dismissal out of Spec Ed of black males/other students will be increased (List of inservice topics, personnel involved, and dates, survey results rerinservice effectiveness will reflect increased implementation of appropriate strategies, data re\nlearning center effectiveness will reflect increase in successful placement in less restrictive senings) Panicipation in Race/Culniral Diversity Conference Inservice at King on Modifications Request made to all schools to schedule inservice on modifications F. 0. H. 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 Presentation to NLRSD examiners on SLD Transition Inservice for Secondary LRSD cosponsored State conference on literacy 1.4 Arrange substitutes for regular teachers. 05, 3 09/20/95 09/28/95 09/29/95 07/01/95 09/20/95 09/28/95 09/29/95 06/30/96 SOS 1.4 (Data re: placement in learning center will reflect increased successful placement in less restrictive senings) Page: 4 Program Seq f: 05 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler Program Goal: To ensure equity in representation of black males in special education through comprehensive staff development. (To reduce the disparate number of minority students enrolled in special education to reflect the District racial composition and to be comparable to state/national statistics in provision of FAPE to students with disabilities.) i I 1 :i Plan Reference Page Number L 114 L 114 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.5 Provide inservice that focuses on: a. Behavior modification for teacher behavior, b. Provide opportunities for teachers to know, accept and utilize information regarding learning styles, language/ dialect, student ways of reacting/ behaving, and value systems. A. LRSD cosponsored state conference on Inclusion B. Preschool Inservice for all special education teachers C. D. E. 07/01/95 08/10/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 08/11/95 08/15/95 Participation in Race/Cultural Diversity Conference Inservice at King on Modifications Request made to all schools to schedule inservice on modifications F. G. H. 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 Presentation to NLRSD examiners on SLD Transition Inservice for Secondary LRSD cosponsored Sute conference on literacy 1.6 Apply skills at center with students. A. Learning Center programs serve students in two classes 05, 4 09/20/95 09/28/95 09/29/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 09/20/95 09/28/95 09/29/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 Director, Div of Exceptional Children\nLearning Center Staff Regular teachers 1.5 Decrease in discipline referrals (List of inservice topics, personnel involved, and dates, survey results re\ninservice effectiveness will reHecl increased implementation of appropriate strategies, dau re: learning center effectiveness will reflect increased successful placement in less restrictive settings) 1.6 (Data re\nshident placement will reflect increased success of students returning to schools from center.)Page: 5 Program Seq f: 05 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadbeny Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler ih'ogram Goal: equity In representation of black males In special education through comprehensl.e staff development. (To reduce Ihe disparate number of minority students enrolled in special education lo renect Ihe To ensure ~ *' ... ~ ----------------- -- ----------- ---.- -.-.-.-.-.-.-..-.-.-. ..... ........ e_.-_____1-t___r ri m? JSe-AUISdime \\ District racial composition and to be comparable to state/national statistics in provision of FAPE lo students with disabilities.) Plan RefererKe Page Number L 114 L 114 149 149 149 149 149 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.7 Return to school. A. Students in regular classes monitored 1.8 Monitor teacher eflectiveness. A. Students in regular classes monitored 1.9 Determine agenda meeting 1.10 Establish consistency in areas of assessment 1.11 Screening A. Examiner meeting D. Mental Reurdation Identification revised C. Presentation to NLRSD examiners re: SLD 1.12 Evaluation instruments A. Examiner meeting B. Mental Retardation Identificaiion revised C. Presentation to NLRSD examiners re: SLD 1,13 Eligibility criteria 05, 5 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 08/16/95 08/10/95 09/20/95 08/16/95 08/10/95 09/20/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 08/16/95 08/10/95 09/20/95 08/16/95 08/10/95 09/20/95 Regular teachers Supervisors Principals 1.7 (Data re: student placement will reflec\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_694","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/694"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME II FILED U.S. DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKANSAS LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT NOV 2 i IV \u0026gt;5 1995-96 FIRST QUARTER STATUS REPORT JAMES W. McCORMACK, CLERK By\nDhP CLtRK PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT November 21, 1995 EXHIBIT I School Support Cluster * Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment * Staff Development * Library/Media * Computerized Transportation * Data Processing * Minority Teacher Recruitment * Educational Equity Monitoring * Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership * Summer School (Interdistrict) * Summer Learning Program - JTPA * Facilities * Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership * Employment PracticesProgram Seq f: 20 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: I Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo. Jr. Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Description: The Office of Desegregation is charged with monitoring the implementation of the Desegregation Plan which includes the appropriate assignment of students to schools. The capacities of the elementary area schools are determined in accordartce with Arkansas accreditation standards which have the following limits: Grade: Maximum Number of Snidents Per Class (Average) Maximum Number of Students in Any Class Kirxlerganen 20 25 First-Third n 25 Fourth-Sixth 25 28 The overall racial composition of the elementary area schools and the space available for recruitment at those schools depend upon the number of students who enroll in Incentive and Inteidistrict Schools. The initial racial composition of the Incentive Schools is expected to be predominately black. It is expected that at least 600 black LRSD students will attend Interdistrict Schools, District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan [ Plan References: L 139 ] [FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: $500,451.75 $117,897.77 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $117,897.77 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: 1 FTE 13.0 I Related Function Codes: I 20, 1 Program Seq *: 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 139 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr C. Russell Mayo To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies SecorKlary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 2 Revision Date: Nancy Acre Responsibility November 6. 1995 Evaluation Criteria (1.0 To knplement magnet school assignments) (2.0 To implement interdistrict school assignments) 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 1.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 1.1 Magnet Schools - The assignment process to (original) magnet schools will not change under this Plan. A. Assignments are being made per the plan. 1.2 Monitor Student Assignment and enroihnent at Magnet Schools. A. Magnet school seats are monitored and filled on a daily basis. 6. Waiting lists are monitored daily to fill vacancies. 2.1 Interdistrict Schools - LRSD and PCSSD agree to establish interdistrict schools as described in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. A. Six interdistrict schools have been established as of 08/01/94 20. 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation 2.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment dataPage: 3 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date\nNovember 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code\n06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Ot^ectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (3.0 To implement elementary area school assignments). The total capacitv of the elen\u0026gt;entarv area schools is 9.676. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc Supt. for Desegregation 3.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 3.1 Students will be assigned to the elementary area schools by attendance zones. A. Students are assigned to the elen^entary area schools by attendance zones. 3.2 The elementary area school attendance zones are drawn to establish a racial balance at each school of 55 percent black and 45 percent white with a variance of 5 percent The recruitment of white students to elementary area schools may increase the percentage of white students at these schools, but no school shall have a racial composition of greater that 60 percent white. A. The racial balances are monitored daily. 3.3 Students presently assigned to elementary area schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Grandfathered students are monitored. 3.4 After grandfathered students have been assigned, students in the attendance zone will be assigned to the elementary area schools. 20, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc SupI for Desegregation 3.1 Enrollment Data 3.3 Student requests to remain in area schools are granted. 3 4 Attendance zone students are assigned based on available seats. Program Seq : 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Paa: 4 Revision Date: Nancy Acre November 6, 1995 Plan Reference Page Number L 139 L 148 Directives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Students have been assigned and notified. 3.5 If there is no space available at a student's zoned school or if assignment of the student to the school would put the school out of compliance with racial balance requirements, the student will be assigned to the closest school with capacity which meets racial balance requirements. A. Students are reassigned. 3.6 The elementary school zones will provide a feeder pattern for elementary students going to lunior high school students going to high school. A. Feeder patterns are established. This strategy completed in 1992 3.7 Students in elementary area school zones will be given the option to select an incentive school. A. Options are available for selection to incentive schools. Completion date of 1992 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 98% 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt- for Desegregation 3.5 Students are reassigned in accordance with Deseg. Plan. 3 6 A feeder pattern is established for the organizational levels. 3.7 Options were granted in accordance to assignment plan. (4.0 To implement incentive school assignments). The capacity of the incentive schools is 2,558. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt for Desegregation 4.0 Incentive School Assignments are made in accordance with the Desegregation Plan requirements. 4.1 Each incentive school will have an attendance zone that encompasses the neighborhood around the school (primary attendance zone). A. Attendance zones established in 1992 20, 4 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4 1 School zone mapsPage: s Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria CO 194 CO 194 4.2 Students presently assigned to incentive schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Students are notified of options. 4.3 After grandfathered students have been identified and assigned, students in the primary attendance zone will be assigned to the incentive schools. A. Students are assigned and notified. 4.4 All incentive school students will have the option to be assigned to an elementary area school to be selected by LRSD in accordance with desegregation considerations A. Transfers were allowed as available. 4.5 In order to assist in meeting the desegregation requirements, a certain number of seats for black and white students will be reserved (or each pre-kindergarlen and kindergarten class. The seats reserved for white children shall not remain permanently vacant if unfilled. Sufficient time should be allowed for timely, vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts before filling these seats. A. Seats were reserved until judge released them 4.6 The incentive schools will have a maximum pupit/teacher ratio of 20 to 1 20, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 50% 06/30/96 09/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.fbr Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation 4.3 Enrollment data\nschool zone maps. 4.4 Enrollment data 4.5 Reserved seats are available by race for pre* kindergarten and kindergarten studentsPage: 6 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: Novembers. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Or. C. Russell Mayo SecorKlary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Assignments are monitored closely. 07/01/95 25% 4.7 There may be more than 20 students per classroom, however, there will be an aide in each class and possible a second teacher in those classes. 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. Classrooms are monitored 07/01/95 25% 4.6 Assign students with sensitryity to the relationship between placement stabilitv and academic progress as well as the need to measure the impact of incentive programs or student achievement. 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. Assignments are monitored. 07/01/95 25% 4.9 Student assignment process must be the result of carefuHy coordinated decision-making. The incentive school staffs and the LRSD departments responsible for desegregation, student recruitment and assignment, and planning and evaluation must assess the short-and longterm academic and social impact of any anticipated student reassignments 07/01/95 06/30/96 CO 194 A. Assessments are made and studied carefully 4.10 The district must be able to demonstrate that the investment has paid the expected dividends for children, if not, changes must be made guickiv before children are lost along with the settlement money. A. Studies are being carried out. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 25% 06/30/96 25% 20, 6 7 Page: Program Seq f: 20 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 140 (5.0 To implement Desegregation Transfers) 4.11 When making student assignments, keep in mind that there Is a relationship between double funding and enrollment figures that represents the greatest return on investment The district is bound to keep its pledge to doubte fund each incentive school for six years or as long as the school maintains an enrollment above 60% black. District must also keep in mind that the incentive schools educate only a small portion of the class that prevailed in the desegregation lawsuit. Ensure that a portion of the incentive school funding fulfills the plan's commitment that \"the children who are in racially-isolated settings are provided meaningful opportunities for desegregated experiences/activities.\" A. The incentive schools are being closely studied and rrtonitored. 5.1 Junior and senior high school students may transfer to another school as long as the reassignment allows both the sending and receiving school to comply with the desegregation requirement and a seat is available. The minimum black percentage is 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of blacks in grades 712. The minimum and maximum black percentages constitute the desegregation requirement (for acceptable range) for a desegregation transfer The desegregation requirements in secondary schools is that all schools will remain within a range of 12 1/2 percent above to 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of black students at each organizational level (i.e., high school and Junior high school). A. Assignments are made according to the plan. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Assoc Supt for Desegregation 5.1 Racial composition of student enrolhnents are within acceptable ranges. 20, 7Program Seq #\nProgram Name: Program Code: 20 Page: 6 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 140 L 140 Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 To Implement a student Primary Leader\nDr, C. Russell Mayo assignment process that is consfelent with the approved Desegregatfen Plan Secondary Leader: Revision Date: Nancy Acre Objectives Strategies 5.2 Elementary students may transfer to '-------...w ..,aj uaiisiei IO an incenlive school only K such a transfer enhances ----A  wr.. a . desegregation at the incentive school. Desegregation transfers will be granted elementary area schools that are diflicull Io desegregate A. Desegregation transfers guidelines. to meet acceptable 5.3 A student may make Iwo desegregation tranfAr at Ae.\u0026lt;.k _______. ** sown Kansfers at each organizational level intermediate. Junior or (primary, senior high school) The SI JVd*\", \"S'OBSon transfer la to allow a student to return to his school assignment. A. Transfers are monitored. umrted oenad Onr\u0026gt;A Aak a limited period once each Schools only). or her previous year (Secondary A Desegregation transfers were granted as determined to be appropriate 5.5 LRSD will provide transportation desegregation transfer students effective to do so. for where it is cost Novembers. 1995 (60 To implement Sibling Transfers) lieMgregalion transfers using current routes 20, 8 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 60% 06/30/96 95% Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc, Supt for Desegregation Assoc, Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.2 Transfers reflect an Improvement in racial balance. 5.3 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate utilization by students 5.4 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate by students. use 5.5 Maintain records of number of students transported using desegregation transfers.Page: 9 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader\nNancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Sibling transfers do not apply Io magnet schools. (NOTE\nSiblings are brothers/sisters. or half-brothers/sisters. residing at the same address with brothers/sisters. or half-brothers/sisters. who are enrolled in the LRSD.) A. Magnet assignments follow approved guidelines. 6.2 A student entering the LRSD after fee 1991- 92 school year wiH not be allowed to make a sibling preference transfer to a school outside the student's attendance zone. A. Transfers are monitored. 6.3 Any student who makes a sibling preference transfer before fee 1991-92 school year may remain at the school to which the student transferred until graduation to fee next organizational level. A. Transfers are monitored. 6.4 Sibling preference transfers will be granted if a seat is available and the transfer will allow both the sending and receiving schools to comply with the desegregation requirements. A. Transfers are monitored. 20, 9 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation 6.1 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.2 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6 3 Student transfers reflect acceptance/ rejection of transfer options 6 4 Documentation of sibling transfers meet desegregation requirements.Program Seq : 20 Page: 10 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Revision Date: Novembers. 1995 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 141 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo To KTiplement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility (7 To implement Transfer of Children of Employees Assignments) 6.5 Sibling transfer applicants must have a sibling currently enrolled in LRSD. Sibling transfers will be granted only to siblings of grandfathered students. A. All transfers are monitored. 7.1 LRSD employees may enroll their children at the schools where they work. A. Transfers are made as requested by employees. 7.2 This provision is not intended to authorize interdistrict transfers (transfers to NLRSO or PCSSD) other than those authorized by the court- approved desegregation plan. A. Rule is observed. 7.3 The transfer of the children of employees is subject to desegregation requirements and the capacity of the particular school. A. Transfers are monitored. 7.4 LRSD is not obligated to provide transportation. A. Rule is applied. 20, 10 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 90% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Human Resources Director Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Evaluation Criteria R 6.5 Sibling transfer requirements fl are in accordance with D established requirements fl 5ois requested In M t Evaluation 7 1 Employees enrolled in schools accordance with established requirements. 7.2 All interdistrict transfers are court approved 7.3 Student transfers are consistent with capacities and desegregation requirements. 7.4 Transportation is provided by patrons of employees.Page: 11 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Or. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 141-142 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (8 To implement the Reassignment Process) 7.5 This provision does not apply to magnet schools. A. Rule is observed. 7.6 The order of preference for assigning the children of employees is listed below: 7.6.1 First preference\nattendance zone students with siblings 7.6.2 Second preference\nattendance zone students without siblings 7.6.3 Third preference: children of employees 7 6 4 Fourth preference: desegregation transfers 7.6.5 Fifth preference: M-to-M transfers 7 6.6 Sixth preference: Act 609, Act 624, and legal transfers. A. Above guidelines are followed. 20, 11 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Asso Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation 7.6 Documentation of assignments 8.0 The assignment process is consistent with the desegregation requirements.Program Seq *: 20 Page: 12 Revision Date\nProgram Name\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment November 6. 1995 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Nancy Acre Plan Reference Page Number Objectives . Strategies 8-1 Every effort will be made to install portable buildings in order to accommodate overflow situations at a particular grade level Only if a building cannot be installed, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that has a seat available in the student's feeder zone. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be reassigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. The Student Assignment Office will be responsible for aH reassignments Reassigned students will be placed on the waiting list for the appropriate attendance zone school. A. Waiting lists are established. 8.2 The minimum black percentage for each elementary area school is 40 percent black Any assignment that causes a school to fall below the minimum black percentage will not be granted In such cases, the student wiM be reassigned to the nearest school that meets the minimum black percentage requirement and has a seat available. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools In the student's feeder zone, the student will be assigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. A. Alternate assignments comply with desegregation guidelines 20, 12 Beginning Date 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Completion Date 06/30/96 95% 06/30/96 95% Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Portables are installed in accordance with Deseg. Plan 6 2 Rosters reflect student assignment percentages are within acceptable racial balance. MixPage: 13 Program Sq *: 20 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 142 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (9 To establish effective and efficient student assignment procedures) 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt for Desegregation 9 0 Assignment procedures are effective and consistent with the desegregation requirements. 9.1 The Student Assignment Office will\nmonitor new assignments\nprocess all data entry work for elementary schools (data entry tasks decentralized 1992-93 school year)\nprocess inlerdistrict M-to-M transfers and magnet assignments\nreassign students because of over-crowdedness or desegregation requirements\nconsider appeals\nconduct recruitment efforts (transferred to recruitment program)\nprocess desegregation transfer\nassign all earty childhood and incentive school students\nand process all special transfers (Act 609, Act 624, etc.). A. Assignments are monitored daily. B. Appeals Committee reviews and acts on appeals submitted Io them 9.2 New students to the District who enroll after May 17, 1989 will not have to come to the Student Assignment Office to obtain an assignment. Each school will be authorized to enroll students who live within the attendance zone of that school. A. Schools may enroll students in attendance zone. 20, 13 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 50% 06/30/96 90% Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation 9.1 The student assignment process will be effective in assigning students and process special transfers to assist with racial balance. A Enrollment Data B Roster of committee members Agendas from meetings 9.2 Each area school will have the ability to assign students within their attendance zone.Program Seq : 20 Page: 14 Program Name\nRevlaton Date\nProgram Code\nProgram Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader\nNovember 6, 1995 To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Nancy Acre Objectives Strategies 9 3 The Student Assignment Handbook includes the timeline and procedures used by the schools and the Student Assignment Office to assign students. The Student Assignment Handbook will be revised each year, as necessary, to reflect any changes in the procedures for assigning students Changes will be made as needed to include new deadlines and to Improve the implementation of the court-approved student assignment plan. The handbook will be developed by the Student Assignment Office and dist^uted to the schools and the parties each year. A. Handbook is updated as needed (10 To monitor all aspects of the Desegregation Plan) 10.1 Review Program Budget Documents to identify potential probtems A PBD is reviewed. 10.2 Conduct site visits as necessary. A Site visits are conducted 20, 14 Beginning Date 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Completion Date 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator Evaluation Criteria 9.3 Revised Student Assignment Handbook is published and distributed. 10.0 Identification of implementation and effoctiveness problems as evidence by the Program Budget Document 10 1 Budget Documents are reviewed and problems are listed. 10.2 Site visits are documented 1 JPaoe*. 15 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: November 6,1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader\nDr. C. Russell Mayo Secorxlary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number CO 166 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.3 Develop and implement improvement plans as needed. A. Improvenwnt plans are being studied. 10.4 Monitor implementation of improvement plans. A. Simple plans are being monitored. 10.16 Before the court will consider approving the construction project at J. A Fair High School, the LRSD must account for the 1,270 square feet difference between the 3,450 square feel of the old space and the 2,160 of new space and specify the exact number of new classrooms that will result from the construction. A So noted. 20, 15 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Assoc Supt. for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator 10.3 Improvement Plans are developed and implemented. 10 4 Scheduled observations of Improvement Plans are documented. L J Program Seq 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: 1 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader\nLucy Lyons Page: I Revision Date: November 6. 1995 staff development experiences. Goal No. 1. Implement integrated educational achieventeni. r. Additionally, this department will provide support and resources for site-based programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. on bask skills arxl academic ennchment while closing disparities in Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, suff. and students will demonstrate behavior understanding of muliiculniral diversity. and human relations skills that value people as human beings and that are consistent with Goal No. 5. Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all smdenu final Ua  .1...__\n..._____ .... .....  Goal No. 6. Ensure dial equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operalions. The Staff Development Department will provide activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement. In support of the goal of providing onyning staff development and information L 126-128 an appreciation and means: Update skills of all district staff on 3 [ FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: $448,983.75 $78,332.41 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $78,332.41 3rd Qtr Expetsd: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related FurKlion Codes: 21, 1 JProgram Seq 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L 126 LI26 LRSD FY 9S-96 PROGRAM BUDGET tXKUMENT Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: To provide staff develo|Mnen( to improve race relations and equity. (To provide suff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved acidemic achievement.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 2 Revision Dale: Lucy Lyons Responsibility November 6. 1995 Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide staff development inservice to improve race relations and equity 1.1 Continue to articulate vision/mlssion of LRSD to community 1.2 Schedule and implement workshops and activities related (o improving race relations for the following groups: a. Board of Directors b. District Administrators c. Certified Staff d. District Support Staff 21, 2 (07/01/95) Fall 1988 (07/01/95) 1988-89 Schoo) Year (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) (Superintendent. Staff Development, Central Office Staff) Superintendent (Central Office. Director of Communications) Deseg. Asst. Center (DAC) and Central Office Staff (Staff Development Department. Principals) 10 1.0 1.0 Lt II 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) Public participation Dissemination of material (Increase in number of students remming to public school) (School District's required Annual Report to Community will include mission/goals for LRSD) Roster of participants (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) 1 J Program Seq if: 21 Page: 3 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Dale: November 6. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and eouity /Tn ...rr J______ . .... J Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L126 LI26 L 126 2. L 126 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 1.3 1.4 Provide inservice on cooperative learning strategies in a heterogeneous classroom Plan and implement an evening symposium for the community on \"Community Involvement in a Desegregated School Setting\" (Item completed in April and August. 1988, and is not recurring) Monitor implementation of above strategies 2.1 Inservice teachers and administration on cooperative learning based on Slavin and Johnson and Johnson (or other appropriate cooperative learning models) 21. 3 Fail 1988 Fall 1988 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) July 1991 (07/01/95) Fall 1988 Ongoing (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) DAC Consultant Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Superintendent. District Biracial Committee) (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supvs 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 14 2.0 Roster of participants (Symposium was held in April and August. 1988) Meetings held (Anendance at public meetings) (District-wide Biracial Monitoring Repon will reflect improvement in minority representation in all areas needed) (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) 2.0 (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students) 2.1 Training model 2.1 (Increased involvement in gniup activities in the classroom) 2.1 (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students)Wg*. Program Seq *: 21 Revision Dote\nNovember 6. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Program Goal: To provide staff development to bnprove race relations and equity. (To provide suff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L126 L 126 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 126 2.2 Monitor teachers' use of cooperative learning strategies (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Principal (Staff Development Department. Content Area Supervisors) 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Classroom observation and documentation (Random observation of classrooms where teachers have been trained) (Random survey of cooperative learning participants regarding effects of implementation in (heir classrooms) (PriiKipal will observe cooperative learning strategies during routine classroom visitations) 3.0 Provide inservice on additional strategies to improve instruction in desegregated school setting (To improve instruction through the use of effective teaching strategies in (he school setting) 3.1 Provide inservice opportunities on: a. Effective Schools Model PET b. Teachlng/Leaming Styles c. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (itSA) d. Classroom Marugement e. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) A. Classroom Management * J.A. Fair 21, 4 (07/01/95) July 1991 (07/01/95) 08/15/95 (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) 08/15/95 (Staff Development. Content Area Supervisors) Staff Dev Dept (Content Area Supervisors) 3.0 3.1 3.1 (Increase in achievement of students of teachers in tdentified programs) Roster of participants Workshop evaluations (Number of participanls from a cross-section of district staff involved in the identified programs) Program Seq #: 21 P.|e: 5 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Dale: November 6. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Sterling Ingram Plan RefereiKe Page Number L 127 L127 To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Objectives promote die implememaiioo of die desegregaiion plan resulting In improved academic achievement ) Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.0 Provide inservice on \"EITectlve Impkmentation of the LRSD DiscIpUne Management System\" 3J Send selected staff to professional development sessions in order to increase the number of available trainers and in return for a commitment to assist with collegial staff development. 13 Provide district-wide program of staff development 4.1 Continue to involve counselors, principals, assistant principals, and teachers in discipline management in a desegregated school setting 21, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) July 1991 (07/01/95) 06/30/96 06/30/96 (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) (Director of Pupil Personnel) Director of Pupil Services (Pupil Services Department. Principals. Counselors) 4.0 4.0 4.1 4.1 4.1 (Decrease in the number of students who receive disciplinary sanctions) (Decrease in the dispruportionaie number of minority students who receive disciplinary sanctions) Roster of participants (Building Level Discipline Management Plans established for all schools) (Counseling classes will include orientation to the building level plan and distrkl-wide Rights and Responsibilities Handbook)Pate. 6 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations arwl equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan ReferetKe Page Number L127 L 127 L 127 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.2 Monitor use of discipline management system Fall 1988 (07/01/95) Ongoing (06/30/96) PriiKipals Counselors School Teams 4.2 4,-2 4.2 4.2 Documentation (Quarterly Behavior Management Reports) (Building level biracial committee reports will be used to monitor and/or adjust discipline plans) (District-wide Biracial Committee) 5.0 Provide PAL (Academic Support) teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more than one type of instructional grouping (To provide academic support teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more (han one type of instructional grouping) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (Assoc. Superintendent. Academic Support Supervisors, Content Area Supervisors. Staff Development) 5.0 5.0 5.0 (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) 5.1 Continue to investigate and research sources of strategies, models and activities of successful small artd large group instructional practices within heterogeiwus classes 21. 6 Fall 1988 (07/01/95) Ongoing (06/30/96) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Staff Deveiopmeni Department. Content Area Supervisors, Academic Support Supervison) S.l 5.1 Identification of sources (Provide staff with information from current research monthly) Program Seq #: 21 Par: 7 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Sterling Ingram Plan Reference Page Number L127 L 127 L 127 To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide suff development activities that will Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Objectives promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) 6.0 Provide inservice to assist principal and faculties with strategies for promoting student achievement and growth Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.2 Conduct workshop to address the following: a. grouping theory and strategies b. demonstration of strategies for varied instruction Fall 1988 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) A. fi Principals' Institute Nuts and Bolts 6.1 Continue to provide inservice for priiKipak methods for developing their school improvement plan on 07/17/95 07/21/95 FaU 1988 (07/01/95) 21. 7 Fall 1988 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 07/18/95 08/04/95 Ongoing (06/30/96) Supervisor of Math and English (Content Area Supervisors. Staff Development Depanrrwnt) (Asst. Superintendent. Planning. Research and Evaluation. Suff Development. Content Area Supervison) Div of Schools Eval and Testing IRC Specialists (Asst. Superintendents) S.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.1 6.1 Written evaluation by participants (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Suppnn Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in represenutive population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) (Principal will observe through classroom observations and teacher conferences) (Increase in achievement for ail students) (Decrease in achievement gap in represenutive population) Comprehensive and accurate product (Number of workshops in Integrating the Curriculum. Literature-based Instruction. Authentic Assessment and/or other relevant methodologies) (Better school improvement plans are submitted)PaV: 8 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Date: Novembet 6. 1995 1 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Program Goal: To provide staH development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote (he implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L127 L127 L 128 LI28 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.2 6.3 6.4 7.0 Form tri-district committee for collaborative procedures Continue to assist principals in revising school improvement |rians through the analysis of disaggregated data Continue to provide special school-based program and content area inservice meetings scheduled on a regular basis with specific sessions on content methodology and interpersonal relations for program implementation in a desegregated setting To provide special assistance for teachers as requested. 7.1 Establish tri-district committee 21, 8 July 1991 (07/01/95) 1991 School Year (07/01/95) 07/01/95 July 1, 1991 (07/01/95) July 1. 1991 Ongoing (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) 06/30/96 Ongoing (06/30/96) Ongoing Assoc and Asst Su pts Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supervisors Principals (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 7.0 7.0 7.1 7.1 Comfdeted plans (Provide written feedback and opportunities for sharing *What Works\" in various building-level plans) (Plans reflect strategies that evolved from disaggregated data) Workshop agendas and evaluations (A computer based compilation of individual employees/school-widc suff development activities will be available) (Student achievement will increase\ndisparity gap in represenutive population will decrease) Ongoing analysis (Tri-districi workshops will be held) Ongoing analysis (Tri-district committee was forTTKd in August. 1991)Program Seq #: 2] Page: 9 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equfty. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Lucy Lyons L128 L128 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CtHnpletlon Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 128 A. Tri-district-PCSSD B. Tri-district-NLR 7.2 Meet four times per year, Iwo times each semester. The committee functions will be (o identify and implement staff development strategies that will assist the districts in fulfilling expectations of \"maintaining quality\" desegregated school districts. 7.3 Plan any activities appropriate for collaboration, e.g., community meetings, etc. A. Tri-disirici Classroom Management Grant 09/13/95 09/19/95 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 (07/01/95) 09/22/95 09/13/95 09/19/95 (06/30/96) 06/30/96 (06/30/96) 09/22/95 8.0 Provide staff development comporrent for effective staff development in desegregated school setting (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 21. 9 (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Directors of StaO\" Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Board of Directors, Superintendent Director of Staff Development) 7.2 7.3 8.0 (Record of meetings and collaborative nature of areas addressed) (Documentation of number of activities among the three districts) (Gather and analyze data from school district participants on the effectiveness of the staff development activities designed to address their speciftc needs)PCC: 10 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 LI 24 LI24 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1 8.1 Establish staff development component a. Staff Development Dept Personnel b. Staff Development Office c. Staff Development Catalogue/Calcndar A. Staff Development Professional Library Catalog issued 8.2 Certified staff members (administrators and teachers) shall be trained to teach and counsel black and educationally-advantaged students. 8.3 The Little Rock School District will hire a five-member staff development team for this purpose. 8.4 The Little Rock School District Staff Development Department will be responsible for implementing the staff development services. 8.5 The staff development goals and programs currently used by the District, such as TESA, PET and others, will be continued, but a far more creative and comprehensive staff development program suitable for the needs of all employees and volunteers will be implemented. 21, 10 July 1991 July 1991 July 1991 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing 10/07/94 07/21/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Board of Directors/Supt Human Resources Dir of Staff Dev 8.1 Implementation of Staff Development Dept Employment of Director, four specialists and one secretary 8.1a (Implementation of Staff Development Department in July. 1991) 8.1b Offke is operational 8.1b (Office was established in July. 1991 8.1c Distribution of catalogue/ calendar 8.1c (Staff Development Catalogue/Calendar distributed annually Program Seq #\n21 Page: It Program Name: Suff Development Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Sterling Ingram To provide staff development to improve race rehtions and equity. Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons (To provide saff developmenl eciivities Ihal will promole the implemenation of the desegregalion plan retiring in improved academic achievemenl.) Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 LI24 L124 LI24 L124 LI25 L125 Objectives Strategies A. Classroom Management  J.A. Fair 8,6 The districts will cooperate in designing a fresh and extended approach to suff development. Included in the planning will be community resource persons and all district personnel responsible for delivering training to suff, and to parent, volunteer, or student committees or groups, 8,7 Suff development will based upon certain basic principles of hutrun behavior, learning process and change dynamics. 8.8 The diverse training needs of suff at all employment levels will be met. 8,9 The District will esublish resource hanks which identify the training skills or specialized knowledge of employees and volunteers which can be shared through suff development activities, 8.10 Computer data bases will be used to record each employee's suff development history. 8-11 Carefully planned \"training of trainers' events will be actively used to expand in-house training expertise, 8.12 Interdistrict training activities will be frequently offered for groups of employees and LI 3 The District will deal decisively with the issue of racism and will involve all suff, snidents. and parents in a comprehensive preiudice reduction program 21. 11 Beginning Date Compleibn Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 08/15/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96Program Seq f: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Ih*ogram Code: 09 Primary Leader\nSterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pt*: 12 Revision Date: Lucy Lyons November 6, 1995 1 Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number LI25 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8,14 Certain areas of training and staff development will be specially emphasized: utilization of volunteer resources, preparation of substitute teachers and aids. and training for parents. 07/01/95 06/30/96 21, 12Program Seq 22 lYogram Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Program Description\nDistrict Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expendttures: LRSD FY 95-96 PRCXjRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Page: 1 Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Each child in the Little Rock School District should be given access to his/her full measure of the instructional resources. Library/media services will be designed to provide for extension and enrichment of bask skills and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students in different instructional groups. Because students will have opportunities to work and Icam in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librarian, they will be able to approach learning in a variety of ways, thus accommodating their individual styles and also providing for the additional 'time on task' or ennchment that many students need in order to internalize the material initially presented. The District s plan is to offer a library/media program to serve learners with diverse needs, background and abilities through a comprehensive program designed to better support Disirkt goals and student needs with regard to learning styles, relevance of instruction, support of multkultural school curriculum, and the appikation of learning to real-life situations. Library/media servkes will be designed to provide for extension and enrkhment of bask skills and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students in different instructiortal groups. Students will have opportunilks to work and learn in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librariatL.The Little Rock School Distrkt's library/media program will fulfill its potential as an essential contributor to the Distrkt's successful desegregation plan. Upon implementation of the elementary program a revkw of the secondary program will commerKe with special attention being given to meeting the interests and needs of the Distrxi's diverse population. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educatiorul programs that will ensure that all students grow academkally, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academk enrkhment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to sockty to sockty and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon whkh our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. Goal \u0026lt;6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The district will provide each student with library/media servkes tn accordance with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan. L 106. L 107, L 109, L 110 $409,808.64 $32,881.28 1st Qtr Expend\n$32,881.28 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 16 2nd Qtr Expend: 4(h Qtr Expend: I Related Function Codes: ] 22, 1LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Paie: 1 1 Program Seq #: 22 Revtston Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams SecoiMlary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with libraryZmedia services in accordance with the essential role outlined in (he district's Desegregation Plan Plan RefereiKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI09 1. Implement (be districts proposed new elementary Ubrary/medla program. (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (Coordinator of Library Services, Principals. Librarians) 1. Comparison of survey results 1988-1993 will show ItKreased use. L106 1. (To provide equitable access to library resources including multicultural and audiovisual resources for all studenb.) 1. Comparison of data collected monthly will show\nStudent vbib will Increase.  Volume of books checked out will increase.  Independent research by students will be documented to show use. Number of classes/groups scheduled by teachers will be documented to show use. L109 L109 L109 1.4 Order equipment and materiab necessary iiKluding AV software. (Determine/purchase core materials needed for each elementary school.) 1.7 Conduct inservice and curriculum development for classes for librarians, principab, and teachers. Library media specialists will provide Inservice training to buiidint-level staff In the use of materlab and equipment. 1.8 Process new material iiKluding cataloging. 1.10 Schedule nims\\videos as possible. (Schedule videos correlated to LRSD curriculum as requested by teachers. Use of 16mm film u outdated.) 22, 2 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 06/30/96 06/30/96 (06/30/96) Supv of Inst Tech, Coor of Lib Services, (Librarians) Consuhant, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor and Advisory Committee Librarians, Media Staff Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.4 Purchase orders (Materials supporting the curriculum will be used in each elementary school.) 1.7 (Agendas and memos) (Agendas and memos on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.8 Completion memo 1.10 Schedule (Videos correlated to curriculum will be used in each school.)P\u0026gt;(e: 3 Program Seq #: 22 Revbion Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Libra ry/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Ih-ogram Goal: The district will provide each student with library/mcdia services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number LIIO LIIO LIIO LI09 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Videos are scheduled daily and were current on 09/30/95 1.11 Hire full-time librarians and full-time clerks for each elementary school as needed. A. Full-time librarians and clerks staffed based on Little Rock School District formula. 1.12 Develop a maintenance proposal which assures prompt and efficient repair of all AV equipment irulependent of the time of year. (Maintain procedures for prompt and efficient repair of AV equipment.) A. First quarter repair record\n132 AV machines and 15 computers 1.13 Notify teachers via librarians of the fall schedule (films/videos). (Instructional videos correlated to LRSD curriculum are scheduled. Use of 16mm film is outdated.) 1.14 Supply nims/vtdeos per schedule. A. Videos supplied on weekly basis 22, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% Dir of Human Serv, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor Lib Serv, PritKipats Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.11 Contracts (Sufficient staff will be in place to meet state and North Central Standards for librarians. Library clerks will be staffed according to LRSD formula, based on enrollment.) 1.12 Copy of proposal Ninety percent of equipment sent in will be repaired within a week. 1.13 File copy (Videos correlated to the curriculum will be used in each school.)- 1.14 Weekly delivery (Videos correlated to curriculum will showProgram Seq f: 22 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number LUO L106 L107 L107 L107 L107 Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (To extend and enrich the bask skills in ways that meet students varied learning styles and promote life long learning.) 1.15 Develop a seven to ten year AV equipment purchase jdan based on accepted life spans for equipment and equity considerations. The goal is to devise a plan which will provide the district with consistent line item cost each year to simplify budgetary platming atKl prevent the necessity for torge one*timc expenditures as is now required 1.17 Conduct inservice for librarians and library clerks. A. Inservice conducted for librarians and library clerks 2.5 Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for materials needed for classroom units. 2.6 Library media specialists will plan with classroom building staff for at least one school -wide reading motivation activity each year. 2.7. Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachen for library instruction to be correlated to classroom instruction. 2.8 Library media specialists will instruct students in literary skills and reference/study skills. 22, 4 Sept. 5, 1989 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 08/10/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/9\nNov. 1, 1989 (06/30/96) 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supv of Inst Tech Coor of Lib Serv Librarians PritKipals, Librarians Principals. Librarians Principals. Librarians Principals. Librarians Principals. Librarians 1.15 Copy of plan (Copy of plan on file in Department of Instructional Technology.) Agertdas (Quarterly data will reflect an increase in library use.) 2. (As a result of increased planning and instruction by LM Specialist, test scores will increase on norm and criterion-referenced lesu.) 2.1 (Improved planning with teachers will irKrease student tests scores.) 2.2 (More books will be checked out in each school.) 2.3 (Improved planning with teachers will result in higher achievement for students.) 2.4 (Abacus assessment will show mastery of reference/study skills.) i Page: 5 Program Seq Ki 22 Revision Dale: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Lucy Lyon The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan RefererKe Page Ntonber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 133 1. The selection of malerlals/resources to support the curriculum in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 1.1 Continue hosting Muhl-District, Multicultural Resource Sharing Pair. In the future, the fair site will rotate among (he three districts. A. Tri-district meeting held to discuss fair 1.2' Begin hostint Mulii-Distnct Resource Sharing Fair with book arxl AV materials, vendors, rotating the site among the three districts. 133 2. The inservice training library media staff members to desegregated school districts Is a multidistrict goal of the library media programs. 2.1 Plan to host muHi-dlstrict inservice meetings such as the one sponsored by the Pulaski County Educational Service Cooperative in April of 1988 to explain the new national guidelines for school library media program planning. A. Planning meeting held for tri-disirkt inservice Annually 07/13/95 07/01/95 Ongoing 07/13/95 Ongoing 07/13/95 06/30/96 Ongoing 07/13/95 2.2 Plan to host inservice training for muHi-district library media specialists using district employees. 07/01/95 Ongoing 134 134 3. Utilization of television technology in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 3.1 Implement utilization of cable chaimel 19 and/or videotapes produced at Metro to teach basis skills, etc. 07/01/95 Tobe established 4. Recruitment of minority Library Media Specialists in desegregated school districts Is a multidistrict goal of library media programs. 4.1 Contact teachers training inslHutions/recruit teachers for training programs In library media ccrtincation. Ongoing Ongoing 22, 5 Library Media Director or responsible person (including NRLSD) Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Library Media Directors or responsible person Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD Resources will be selected, purchased, and utilized by teachers and students as they leach the curriculum of the desegregated school districts. Inservice training will develop skills for library medial specialists who work in desegregated school districts Students will gain practical vocational experience in running a television studio\nstudents will benefit from instructional units provided over cable system or recorded for later classroom use Hiring and placenteni of minority media specialists will occur6 Program Seq f: 22 Revbion Date: November 6. 1995 1 Program Name: Libra ry/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams SecoiMlary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan 134 Plan RefereiKe Page Number L108 L108 L108 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Multi-district communication for library media program administrators is a goal for the programs. 7. Library media specialist will annuaUy evaluate the collection for adequacy of multicultural materials and will continually evaluate new materials to be coiKidered for purchase. 8. Recommendations for multkuhural materials will be shared with all principals and Ubrariarts and recommended for core purchase for all schools. 9. The 1992-92 school year will be used to establish baseline data for determining progress. 10. Undertake a comparative study of library resources among the incentive schools as well as other schoob of comparable size to bring about parity of holdings through an equitable purchasing policy. 5.1 Copy memos relating staff development opportunities to other district administrators. 5.2 Meet informally for sharing sessions. A. Tri-districi sharing meeting held 22, 6 Ongoing 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/13/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Ongoing 06/30/96 06/30/96 07/13/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Better communication will be achievedp\u0026gt;e: 7 Program Seq #: 22 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Nisnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Dale Responsibility Evatualion Criteria 11. Modify building space to Increase bbrarv capacities at Mitchell arid Garland. Puree the shelves of outdated and well-wom materials. At Mitchell, books most frequently used by the four- year old program, kindergarten, and first grades could be permanently placed in the individual classrooms since those grades are all housed tn structures that are detached from the main building. 07/01/95 06/30/96 22, 7Profratn Seq f: 23 LRSP FY 9S-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Program Description: Transportation system provides the means for students to have access to various school options and educational programs, as well as extracurricular activities. The District will continue to use its automated routing system to make efficient use of district resources in providing transportation to those students eligible for transportation. Students shall be provided transportation in order to attend their assigned schools and its programs and activities. District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. [ Plan References: L227 I FY Program Budget: $6,800.00 1st Qtr Expend: $0.00 3rd Qtr Expend: FTEO YTD Expenditures: $0.00 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 23, 1 I LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq *: 23 Revbion Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name\nComputerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader\nMary Jane Cheatham Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibllfty Evaluation Criteria L227 L227 1.0 The Transportation Department will request additional resources to help provide transportation support for evening arKf extertded day programs. 1.1 In 1990-91 the District reduced its ntenber of runs from three to two. 1.2 LRSD has made progress In the utilization of the ECOTRAN MAPNET System...1988-89 school opening. 1.3 There is extensive work to be done In updating dw geographic files, table with the LRSD database. 1.0 Determine resource requirements necessary to support programs and procure them. Provide transportation support as required. A. Resource requirements identified in 1994-95 and ordered. Buses (26) received in September 1995 for immediate use. B. Contract with Laidlaw Transit identified need for 39 additionai buses for 1995-96 school year. Buses (39) provided by Laidlaw to start the school year. 1.1 Procure resources necessary Io support two run system and implement two run system. A. The number of routes are limited by the number of buses available to insure a two run system. 1.2 Student and geographic data loaded in system, and personnel trained and proficient in computerizing routing. A. Item completed 6/90 and is not recurring. 1.3 A cooperative effort between Transportation Department, LR City Engineers, Student Assignment, and ECOTRANS staff will help to ensure that software reflects accurate geographic information. A. An new streets are added Io the map. As new streets are added the map is updated. 23, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 09/18/95 08/21/96 06/30/96 08/21/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 90% Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation, Director of Information Services 1.0 Adequate service provided in support of programs. Determined by dividing number requested by number provided. 1.1 All buses assigned only two routes 1.2 Students effectively and efficiently routed to facilitate a smooth school opening 1988-69. 1.3 Significant reduction in street address errors introduced by poor/inadequate data entry.Program Seq : 23 Pbq-. 3 Revision Date*. November 6, 1995 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Plan RefererKe Page Number L227 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 School attendance areas and updated walk zones need to be er\u0026gt;coded into map files. 1.5 (Transportation Safety Policies need to be reviewed and updated property. Changes will be Incorporated from Applicable Board Policies and Administrative Directives). 1.6 (Assignment promotion population region tables need to be created to ensure proper student assignment). 1.4 School attendance areas not initiated. Walk zones encoded Into map for maximum bus utilization. A. Walk zones are reviewed and updated. 1.5 A comprehensive review of all LRSD policies germane Io transportation must be performed and recommendations/changes reduced to writing and incorporated into applicable documents. A. A review of all school board policies, department practices and procedures is conducted. Changes in any policies will be recommended to to the school board 1.6 Information downloaded from mainframe on media format compatible with HP Vectra. A Initial download from Data Processing completed. 23, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 75% 06/30/96 10% 06/30/96 08/01/95 Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 14 No student required Io exceed four block/six block walk. 1.5 Published policies on student behavior/safety on LRSD buses. Published policies for drhrers/driver aides to assist in communicating the district's position on transportation safety procedures. Frequent meetings to address safety issues and concerns Attendance verified through sign-in sheets. Review of supervisor's monitoring report. 1.6 Routes generated based upon current assignment information. Page: Program Seq *: 23 Revision Date: 1 Novembers. 1995 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.7 All school attendance areas will be encoded Into the geographic tables. Corresporxling walk zones will be generated for schools, all transportation policies will be reviewed and updated. 1.6 An entire new stop network will be gerterated to improve efficiency and most economically utilize District resources. 1.7 Walk zones established in accordance with district policy and software criteria selection. 1.6 Transportation staff will update and revise all routes based upon census data provided by Information Services. A. Additional census information is included when it is available to the Transportation Department 23, 4 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 10% Director of Transportation 1.7 Two mile list published and distributed to school staff. Add transportation policies and procedures. 1.6 Written request for student data forwarded. Census incremental initiated by routing supervisor Research system error listing to within 5%. Completion of first day routes prior Io registration.Program Seq *: 24 Program Name: Dau Processing Program Code: 17 Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan ReferetKes: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams To provide the resources (Hardware, Software. Training. Programming, Computer Operations, and Hardware and Software Secondary Leader: David Beason Page: I Revidon Date: November 6. 1995 Support) necessary to collect, store and report information on LRSD smdenu. Information ...ill___J .U . .-----------o. --...r -r------------------ ..M JVHwaic ouppun\nlo ana intoi Services will provide the computer resources necessary to collect, store, and report student information in a timely and accurate manner. School and central office-based suff accurate UD-IO-dare inmmufmn nn eti4nte * up-to-date information on students. parents, and studenu will benefit from To implement integrated educational programs to ensure that all studenu will grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. necessary information required by ouUide inieresu. To provide timely response to all requesu for information. s^den. T0.pn,.e sports retired , sdppcn school ce.l ofl-c h.scd fooclioos. To provide all L129. LI30 ] $717,087.08 1st Qtr Expend: $601,721.29 3rd Qtr Expend: $601,721.26 FTE 5 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: ] 24, 1LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 24 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Hervy Williams Secondary Leader: Psge: 2 Revision Date: David Beason November 6, 1995 Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school aixl central office based functions. To provide all necessary Information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for Information. Plan Reference Page Number L 129/130 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Data Processing (Information Services Department) wH) provide the necessary support for all school and central office- based furKtions. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.A (Administration has received all required reports for the school year). 1 C (Quality reports are being delivered on time). L 129 L 129 1.1 Programs will be developed and implemented relative to the following areas: (Collect. Store, and Report) Dropout Statistics (to include the abHity to generate data by race, gender, grade on a school by school as wen as District-wide basis). Set up 96 enroll/drops on Enroll History Screen for Henderson Jr High. Produce report showing Drop Select Absence Reason Codes and Change Records for Assistant Superinter\u0026gt;dent. 24. 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/14/95 09/19/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/25/95 09/26/95 Director of Information Services 1 D (Complaints are no longer being received about information rK\u0026gt;t being available). 1.1 (Reports are available which accurately report dropout statistics).3 Pegs: Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secorxiary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Obiectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 (Score. Collect, Store, and Report) Test Scores (to include capacity to score tests and to generate data by race, gender, grade, school, subject area, and districtwide). 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.2 (Ail test results are stored in the computer and are reflected in pertinent reports). Uploaded Stanford 8 scores to the AS/400 for PRE. Produced 13 copies of Hall Summer School Grade Report for Assistant Superinterrdent. Produced report showing SAT scores of 35.5 and below for 7th graders at Southwest. Produced report showing SAT scores less than 35 for Central High. Produced report showing SAT scores less than and equal to 35.8 for McClellan High. Produced report for PRE of non-hippy students with test scores 1987-1994 for PRE. Printed Standford  Forms for PRE. 07/01/95 07/13/95 07/19/95 07/20/95 07/26/95 OB/23/95 08/29/95 07/19/95 07/13/95 07/19/95 07/21/95 07/27/95 06/23/95 09/01/95 Produced Generic Test Scores Report Pulaski Heights Jr High. 24, 3 09/18/95 09/30/95 i1 I Page: Program Saq *: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason 4 Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number L 129 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 (Collect, Store, and Report) Student Achievement Data (to Include the capacity to monitor test scores, grade distribution and other Identified achievement data by race, gertder. grade, subject, school and district-wide). Printed Grade Transcript Labels for Cloverdale Jr. Resolved problem with Student Request Verification Report SCH.588 for Parkview. Created diskette showing Dunbar Students FAR status. Produced report of students with math or reading scores of less than 35.8 for Federal Programs. Produced report of AP courses by race/sex counts for Pupil Services. Printed Grade Transcript Labels for Southwest Jr. Printed Grade Transcript Labels for Mann Jr. Produced report of Flat File of all Sth grade students for Henderson Jr High. Provided list of all Students by Grade for Southwest Jr High. 24, 4 07/01/95 07/25/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/15/95 08/30/95 09/08/95 09/13/95 06/30/96 08/03/96 08/03/95 08/16/95 08/15/95 08/20/95 08/24/95 08/30/95 09/20/95 09/13/95 Director of Information Services 1.3 (All available student achievement data is stored and reported as requested).Program Seq #: 24 Page: Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason 5 Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect arxJ sltffe all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response lo all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number L 130 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 (Collect, Store, and Report) Attendance (shall be kept in such a way as to allow data to be gathered for any period of time, for withdrawals and re-enrollment, for students by grade, school, race, gender, and \u0026lt;8strict-wide). 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.4 (Attendance data is accurately stored and reported to the state with minimum manual compilation. Provided list of students at Southwest that reside in a specified area. 07/01/95 07/17/95 Produced PRC Labels for Cloverdale Jr High. Produced mailing labels for Gibbs Magnet. Produced mailing labels for Pulaski Heights Jr. 07/19/95 07/19/95 07/26/95 07/20/95 07/19/95 08/04/95 Produced Summer School Report for Department of Education. 07/27/95 08/11/95 Produced mailing labels for Parkview High. 07/28/95 08/02/95 Produced student mailing labels for Dunbar Jr High. 07/28/95 08/02/95 Produced schedule cards for Hall High. 07/31/95 08/08/95 Produced parent mailing labels for Dunbar Jr High. 08/02/95 08/02/95 Produced parent mailing labels for Fair Park. Produced parent mailing labels for Central High. 24, 5 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 i 6 Page: Program Seq #\n24 Revision Data: November 6, 1995 I! Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect arxi store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begirming Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Critaria Produced parent mailirtg labels for Carver Magnet. Produced open house mailing labels for Parkview. Produced schedule cards for Hall High. Produced PRC labels for McClellan High. 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/07/95 08/08/95 08/02/95 08/08/95 08/08/95 08/10/95 Updated records to the Student Attendance Calendar for Student Assignment. 08/10/95 08/10/95 Produced student labels for Hall High. 08/11/95 08/11/95 Produced schedule cards for Cloverdale Jr High. Produced schedule cards for Central High. Produced schedule cards for Parkview High. Produced parent mailing labels for Hall High. Created diskette to update Enrollment for Transportation. Resolved problem with adding new Attendance Codes for Pulaski Heights Jr High. Produced Student ID Labels on Hall and Fair Park for Nurse's Office. Printed Schedule cards for all Secondary Secretaries. 24, 6 08/11/95 08/11/95 08/12/95 08/12/95 08/14/95 08/15/95 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/22/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/30/95 09/08/95 08/22/95 08/22/957 Page: Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Produced parent mailing labels for Jefferson. Prodeced parent mailing labels for Hall High. Produced student mailing labels for Hall High. Produced student mailing labels for J A Fair. Produced employee and student labels for IRC. Produced parent mailing labels for Pair Park. Produced parent mailir\u0026gt;g labels for Dunbar Jr. Conducted survey of Attendance Users problems for Information Services. Produced Attendance Report for number of absences on all dates and for all reasons by student and school absences for Assistant Superintendent. Produced parent mailing labels for Hall High. 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/25/95 06/25/95 08/25/95 06/21/95 08/21/95 08/24/95 06/24/95 08/24/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/31/95 09/06/95/ 06/25/95 Reprinted attendance scan forms for Cloverdale Jr. 08/25/95 06/25/95 Produced schedules on paper for J A Pair. Produced PRC labels for Parkview High. 08/28/95 08/29/95 08/30/95 08/29/95 Produced name /ID labels for Pulaski Heights Elem. 08/30/95 06/30/95 Produced student mailir\u0026gt;g labels for J A Pair. 09/01/95 09/01/95 24, 7 i8 Page: Program Seq f: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader\nDr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside Interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibiilty Evaluation Criteria Produced Senior High Attendance Office Observation Report for Information Services. 09/01/95 09/07/95 Produced student labels for King Elementary. 09/06/95 09/06/95 Provided memo to schools regarding Attendance Report Updates for Information Services. 09/07/95 09/07/95 Produced scheduled cards for Central High. Produced student mailing labels for Hall High. 09/07/95 09/07/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 Produced PRC labels and parent mailing labels for Southwest Jr High. 09/08/95 09/11/95 Produced PRC labels for Mabelvale Jr High. Produced PRC labels for King Elementary. Produced labels for all students at Mann for PTA. 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 09/20/95 Produced student mailing labels for Mann Jr High. 09/08/95 09/08/95 Produced schedule cards for Forest Heights Jr. 09/08/95 09/08/95 Produced Attendance Report with Number Input and Date Range absences for Assistant Superintendent. Produced Attendance Report with Number Input and Date Range on all absences for Assistant Superintertdent. 24, 8 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/08/95Pag*: Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason 9 Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Resolved problem with PFC labels to include Student SSN for Central High. Assisted with printing Attendance Letters Report for McDermott Elementary. Format diskettes for Attendance Scsnnir\u0026gt;g and upload programs for Southwest Jr High. Produced Attendance by Race Report for Mabelvale Elementary. Produced list of Junior's and Senior's Name. Address, and Phone for Communications. Produced Zoneblock labels for John A Riggs. Produced PTA mailing labels for Central High. Produced schedule cards lor Dunbar Jr High. Produced schedule cards for Hall High. Produced schedule cards for Forest Heights Jr. Produced schedule cards for J A Fair High. 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 09/13/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 75% 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/19/95 09/14/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 Produced list of Student information for McDermott. 09/18/95 09/19/95 Produced PRC labels for Dunbar Jr High. Produced student/parent labels for Cloverdale Jr. Produced schedule cards for Cloverdale Jr. 24, 9 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 i I Page: 10 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Coda: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secorfdary Leader\nDavid Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 130 Produced student mailing labels for Dunbar Jr. Created mailing labels by attendance zorte for McClellan High. Created diskette with Student Addresses for Communications Department. Produced schedule cards for Forest Heights Jr. Trained new Attendance personnel on Atteridance menus for Assistant Superintendent. Distributed memo regarding new Attendance Information to Attendance Secretaries. Produced Year-to-Date Absence Report for Communications. Produced schedule cards for McClellan High. 1.5 (Collect, Store, and Report) Disciplinary Data (by offense, school, teacher, class, subject, race, gender, district-wide, and over any period of tlmel. 09/18/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/21/95 09/21/95 09/22/95 07/01/95 09/18/95 50% 09/25/95 09/20/95 50% 09/27/95 09/25/95 09/22/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.5 (Discipline data is accurately entered and reported as required). Produced original and final Sanction Report for Student Hearing. 24, 10 07/01/95 07/13/95Pag\n11 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Dete: November 6, 1996 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the progrems end data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student Information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based tunctions. lo provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 8eginnir\u0026gt;g Data ComiMetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 130 Produced End-of-Year Discipline Report for Student Hearing. Provided Forest Heights with the ability to run Student Discipline Reports. Researched Truancy Tracking for Judge Watts. Produced Truancy Report for rurmber of absences for Assistant SuperinterKient. Revised Logic data on TRUANT9 for Hall High School. 1.6 (Collect. Store, and Report) Student Assignment Data (by race. age. gender, class, school, grade, level, and district-wide). Provided exchange data on M to M's for PCSSD. Assisted with Master Scheduling for Secondary Schools. Conducted Student End-of-Year Promotion and Cleanup. Crested diskette and labels of M to M students for Transportation. Loaded Pupil Information Forms for Student Assignment. 24, 11 07/11/95 08/01/95 08/18/95 08/25/95 09/21/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/09/95 07/18/95 07/20/96 07/13/95 08/11/95 08/25/95 09/06/95 09/21/95 06/30/96 07/12/95 08/14/95 07/09/95 07/24/95 07/27/95 Director of Information Services 1.6 (Student assignment data is stored and all reporting requirements are met|. i Page: 12 Program Seq 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Qod: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Data Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 130 2.Data Processing Department (Information Services Department Staff) will have the capacity to respond to District needs as required by District goals and state and federal laws such as grade distribution and the ability to identify specific students and cohorts of students. Ran mailing labels on Badgett and Fair Park for Student Assignment. Assisted with Master scheduling on all secondary schools. Resolved problem for Student Assignment with Student Number different than Student ID. Rolled over Student Data into ABACUS for Instructional Technology. Restored Student and Family Information from 1994-95 for Student Assignment. Produced Student Address labels for select A/Z for Student Assignment. Produced list of Elementary students assigned to a homeroom teacher for Student Assignment. 24, 12 07/20/95 07/28/95 08/14/95 08/23/95 08/28/95 09/11/95 09/13/95 07/01/95 07/21/95 08/07/95 08/14/95 09/05/95 08/28/95 09/11/95 09/14/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 2. (The District requirements for computer resources are beir\u0026gt;g met|.Page: 13 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processir\u0026gt;g Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all rtecessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 (The Information Services Department will maintain adequate computer hardware and support to meet the needs of the district). 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 2.1 (All employees requiring access to student records have access to terminalsl. Installed additional cassette tape drive for AS/400. Setup AS/400 for Job Accounting to track CPU usage. Review new documentation for Student AS/400 update. Resolved problem with diskette drive in PC for Superintendent's Office. Resolved problem with diskette drive in PC for McClellan Hign.. Conducted NS Router File Transfer study for the AS/400. Review computer set-up at Metropolitan to provide additional Attertdance Training. Resolved problem on printer at Pulaski Heights Jr. Resolved problem on printer in Human Resources. Installed new tape drive to the AS/400. Resolved problem on printer at Parkview High. 24, 13 07/01/95 07/05/95 07/21/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/18/95 08/22/95 08/25/95 08/30/95 09/05/95 09/06/95 07/21/95 08/24/95 07/31/95 08/08/95 08/07/95 08/31/95 08/24/95 08/25/95 08/30/95 09/11/95 09/07/95 Pag*: 14 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Hervy Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibilhy Evaluation Criteria Resolved problem on printer at Wakefield Elem.. 09Z06Z95 09Z08Z95 Resolved problem with printer connection for Southwest Jr High. Resolved problem with down Controller at Romine. Resolved problem with Twinaxle Timeout for IRC. Resolved problem with printer at Henderson. Resolved problem with AC that leaked near Computer Equipment at Booker. Resolved problem with voice and data line goirrg down at Booker. 2.2 (The Information Services Department will develop or acquire the software required to support the needs of the districtl. Automate cross check of Teacher Certification for Human Resources. Produced Vendor History Report for Financial Services and Support Services. 24. 14 O9Z13Z95 09Z14Z95 O9Z1SZ9S O9Z18Z95 09Z20Z95 O9Z22Z95 O7ZO1Z95 O7ZO1Z95 O7ZO1Z96 O9Z2OZ95 O9Z2OZ95 09Z19Z95 O9Z29Z95 O9Z22Z95 O9Z29Z95 O6Z3OZ96 O9Z28Z95 O9Z14Z95 Director of Information Services 2.2 (All necessary software is installed arvf functioning properly to collect, store and report information in a timely and accurate manner).Program Seq #: 24 Program Name: Data Processing Page: Revision Date: 16 November 6. 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader\nDr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Created Excel reports of Escrow downloads for Financial Services. Updated Teacher. ADMC12. and ADMCER salaries in the Budget File for Financial Services. Test GUPTA SQL Software for Windows. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/28/95 07/11/95 09/14/95 Reviewed CIMS Software Updates with Human Resources and Support Services. 07/01/95 09/28/95 Test Powerbuilder Software with Remora EA400. 07/01/95 09/07/95 Provided report Pur,450, PQ's with approval and lookup missir^g approval command for Procurement. Removed all access to FY94/95 for financial users requested by Procurement. Resolved WHS problem on 'Order Quantities on Stock Items Missing' Report for Procurement. Loaded new release of LMS Software for IRC. Resolved problem with entering Teacher ID's st Henderson. Created Bus Driver Termination list and mail merge with letter for Transportation. Removed all non-LRSO employees from financial applications for Financial Services. 24, 15 07/06/95 07/05/95 07/07/95 07/10/95 07/10/95 07/11/95 07/11/95 07/07/96 07/06/95 07/07/95 07/13/96 07/12/95 07/12/95 07/12/95 J Page: 16 Program Saq t: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school arxJ central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsibHitY Evaluation Criteria Provided Brady Gadberry FOI request on his sick leave. Produced new salary report after salary table changes to the budget for Financial Services. Distributed memo to explain Proposed Master to Master Schedule process. Provided District with copy of Data Processing production calendar for August and September. Created report showing duplicate requisition numbers for Procurement. Resolved problems with Master Scheduling for Forest Heights. Performed Accounts Payable Check Run for Financial Services. Provided Purchase Order Expenditure Report to Procurement. Resolved problems with Master Scheduling for Mann Jr High. Provided 3 copies of Budget Report to Financial Services. Set-up new User 1D for the new Secretary/Bookkeeper for Cloverdale Jr High. 24. 16 07/12/95 07/12/95 07/13/95 07/17/95 07/20/95 07/20/95 07/21/95 07/21/95 07/24/95 07/27/95 07/27/95 07/12/95 07/12/95 07/13/95 07/20/96 07/20/95 07/28/95 07/25/95 08/04/95 07/25/945 07/27/95 07/27/95Program Seq *: 24 Page\nRaviaion Data: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason n Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to ail requests for information. Ran Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria State Department Financial Budget Report for Financial Services. Set-up Science work area to Math Department Secretary. Created July Bank Tape and July Bills Paid List for Financial Services. Created July BC/BS Differences Report for Financial Services. Employment Security Division Report for Financial Services. Automated YTDMNTH download for the Courts. Monitored Master Schedule for Southwest Jr. Produced report showing Purchased Orders $300 and below\n$301 and above for Procurement. Crested tape for Commercial Mailers for Pupil Services. Providing additional IBM training for IS Staff. Produced report with Employee Addresses for BC/BS letters for Human Resources. Produced Fixed Asset Report on EIS for Superintendent. 24, 17 07/25/95 07/28/95 08/01/95 08/01/95 06/01/95 08/01/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/04/95 08/07/95 08/07/95 08/04/95 07/28/95 08/0195 08/21/95 08/03/95 09/19/95 08/14/95 08/23/95 08/11/95 09/07/95 08/08/95 08/21/95 Page: 16 Program Sag #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Date Processing Program Coda: 17 Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school arxl central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begirwdng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Produced Vendor labels sorted by zip code for Procurement. Resolved problem with printing and viewing Teacher List for Metropolitan. Assigned new passwords on the AS400 for various departments for school start-up. Created documentation for TEACHERS program. Set-up DFU screen to Update Stock Items for Food Services. Produced 2 sets of Employee by Site labels for Instructional Technology. Produced 1 set of Administration Employee Labels for PRE. F^oduced report of Fund, Function, and Object Codes from Budget file after final close for Financial Services. Created diskette for ODM from Court Submission. Set-up Stipend Report with Stipend Selection on ACS and EIS Systems for Human Resources. Produced Elementary School Secretary Observation Report for Information Services. 24, 18 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/25/95 08/25/95 08/30/95 08/31/95 08/21/95 08/15/95 08/14/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/25/95 08/26/95 08/25/95 09/01/95 09/07/95 8 1Psge: 19 Program Seq 24 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: 1 To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Updated User Assignment Information for Information Services. Resolved security error problem on PC Support for Garland Incentive. Resolved Scanning Report problem for Dunbar Magnet Jr High. Updated Absence Reason Codes as requested by Human Resources. Produced list of Teachers with invalid SSN's for Human Resources. Set-up overview of attaching reports to ACS CIMS menu for Information Services. Produced Budget vs Expenditure report and graph for Information Services. Produced Audit report on Vacation days for Financial Services. Created mailing labels of Vendors with zip codes in specific range for Procurement. Created Excel Spreadsheet on ADMC12 and ADMN12 pay tables for Labor Relations. October 1 State Department Report for State Department of Education. 24, 19 09/05/95 09/07/95 09/12/95 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/15/95 09/07/95 09/08/95 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/14/95 09/18/95 75% 09/27/95 09/14/95 09/15/96 50%Page: 20 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Data: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginrting Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Provided copies of Absence by Reasons Codes Report for Assistant Superintendent. Provided information on UALR MSOFFICE classes to District employees. Researched report card printing dates for monthly Information Services calendar. Tested 'Forest \u0026amp; Trees Software artd GUI Report Solution. Produced Census Data Reports for Financial Services. Performed programming changes to Quiz: ACCTDIST report for Financial Services. Created Excel Spreadsheet formatted for employees on ADMCR and ADMC12. Created September bank tape and bills paid listing for Financial Services. 2.3 (The Information Services Department will identify and maintain appropriate telecommunication services and equipment to support the needs of the District). 24, 20 09/18/95 09/19/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/25/95 09/26/95 09/26/95 09/29/95 07/01/95 09/19/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/25/95 09/28/95 75% 75% 09/29/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.3 Appropriate telecommunications systems are functioning to meet the needs of the District.Page: 21 Program Seq *: 24 Reviekon Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Upgrade telephone system for Transportation and Laidlaw Transit. Ordered phone system for Drug Free School Network and Pupil Services. Ordered phone system for Mabelvale Elementary. Assisted with installation of telephones in all Elementary Cafeterias for CARE Program. Ordered phone line for Math Assistance Program at Cloverdale Jr High. Report pay phone out of order at Plant Services. Assisted with Installation of phone lines at Parkview High. Ordered Modem line to be installed for Counselor at Cloverdale Elementary. Ordered phone tine and set-up line for Pick Group for Human Resources. Add new phone line to 2-line phone and install phone for Human Resources. Relocate telephone system from Transportation to Safety and Security. Relocate telephone system from Safety and Security to Alternative Learning Center. 24, 21 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 08/16/95 08/16/95 06/21/95 08/04/95 08/21/95 08/16/95 07/14/95 07/14/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 J I 4 Page: 22 Program Seq *: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all nbcessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsibHIty Evaluation Criteria Order fax line to be installed in Media Center at Pulaski Heights Elementary. Relocate telephone system for Truancy Center as per request from Pupil Services. Conducted meeting with Transportation. Safety \u0026amp; Security, Truancy, Southwestern Bell, and Harper. Resolved problem with phone lines at Henderson. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/05/96 07/06/95 08/03/95 08/18/95 07/11/95 07/13/95 Resolved problem with receiver cord for Human Resources. 07/10/95 07/10/95 Resolved problem with dial torve at Metropolitian. Resolved problem with in-comir\u0026gt;g calls at Bale. Resolved problem with dial tone at Pulaski Heights Elementary. Resolved problem with dial tone in Pupil Services. Installed dedicated line for modem at Carver. Installed phone line for Procurement. Provided information on TOO equipment to Transportation. Installed additional phone line for modem at Otter Creek for Pupil Services. 24, 22 07/10/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 07/17/95 07/18/95 07/18/95 08/02/95 07/31/95 08/02/95 07/21/95 08/21/95 07/24/95 07/25/95 07/25/95Pag: 23 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Dete: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Adjusted programming on phones at J A Fair. Ordered phone lines lor Henderson Jr High. 07/18/95 07/20/95 07/31/95 08/08/95 Relocate Phone Master line at Henderson Jr High. 07/20/95 07/28/95 Relocate phor\u0026gt;es for Labor Relations new office. Relocate lounge phorw at Watson Elementary. Resolved problem with incoming calls at McClellan. Ordered phone for CBI room at Mabelvale Jr High. Resolved problems with phorras Williams Magnet. Resolved problem will all phones going down at Terry Elementary. Repaired receiver and hand set problem for Human Resources. Ordered long distance service for line at Transportation. Ordered Voice Mail for Laidlaw Transit. 07/20/95 07/20/95 07/24/95 07/24/95 07/26/95 07/26/95 07/26/95 07/27/95 07/28/95 08/10/95 07/31/95 07/26/95 08/31/95 07/27/95 07/27/95 07/28/95 07/31/95 08/24/95 Programmirig changes made to Voice Mail for Information Services. 24, 23 08/01/95 08/08/95 Program Seq #: 24 Page: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide ail necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plart Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Programming changes made to Student Assignment's phone system. 08/02/95 08/18/95 Repaired damaged phone line at Bale Elementary. Resolved problem with dial tone/static at Booker. Resolved problem with dialing out at Dunbar. Resolved problem with second line at Baseline. Resolved problem with dial tone at Quigley. Resolved problem with fieldhouse line st McClellan. Relocated Registrar's phone line at Cloverdale Jr. Resolved problem with in-coming calls at Garland. Installed fax line for Fair Park Elementary. Resolved problem with no dial tone for IS. Installed fax line for Bale Elementary. 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/03/95 08/03/95 08/07/95 08/11/95 08/08/95 08/04/95 08/04/95 08/04/95 08/21/95 08/04/95 08/18/95 08/07/95 08/18/95 Extended fax line with T connector to media center for PC modem at Carver Magnet. 08/03/95 08/18/95 Resolved various phone problems at Parkview. 08/04/95 08/08/95 Install phone for Resource Officer at Pulaski Heights Jr High. 24, 24 08/04/95 08/29/95Page: 25 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goat: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Resolved problem with line short out in phone system at Dunbar. 08/04/95 08/07/96 Upgrading phones on current system at Brady. Repair phorte set for Baseline Elementary. Resolved problem with phone system going down at Wakefield. Resolved problem with phone system going down at Garlarid Incentive. Resolved problem with dial tone at Williams. Resolved problem with incoming calls at Badgett. 08/04/95 08/04/95 08/08/95 08/08/95 08/08/95 08/08/95 75% 08/08/95 08/08/95 08/10/95 08/10/95 08/10/95 Researching possibility of upgrading data circuits to 19.2 line speed. 08/10/95 08/11/95 Install fax line for Wilson Elementary. 08/10/95 08/18/95 Relocate phone line for Adult Education. Repair phone line supplying data link for Wilson. 08/10/95 08/10/95 09/11/95 08/10/95 Programming changes made to Network lines and Voice Mail box in IS. 08/11/95 08/13/95 Resolved problems with phone lines at Badgett. Order phone line for modem at Williams Magnet. Relocate 4 phone lines for Network Specialists. 24, 25 08/11/95 08/11/95 08/11/95 08/14/95 08/22/95 08/24/95 i Psge: 26 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsibUity Evaluation Criteria Resolve problem with transfer calls for Garlarxj. 08/12/95 08/15/95 Resolved problems with in-coming calls for Food Services. 08/13/95 08/17/95 Resolved problems with phone lines at Rightsell. Resolved problem with dial tone at Romine. 08/13/95 08/16/95 08/15/95 08/18/95 Programming changes for phone In IS/Applications Developer Manager.. 08/16/95 08/24/95 Repaired phone receiver for Cloverdale Jr High. Programmed long distance block for Southwest. Automate the itemization of LRSD main telephone bill. Relocated Homework Hotline from Channel 7 to Metropolitian. Resolved problem with dial tone at Food Services. Programming changes to phone systems at Gibbs. Remove temporary phone line at Safety \u0026amp; Security. Ordered phone line for Energy Management modem for Plant Services. 24, 26 08/16/95 08/16/95 08/17/95 08/18/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/24/95 08/17/95 09/18/95 08/24/95 08/22/95 09/11/95 08/25/95 08/28/95Page: 27 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begirming Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Ordered phone line and phone for CBI room at Mabelvale Jr High. 08/21/95 09/11/95 Relocate phone line for counselor at Bale. Relocate phone line for counselor at Rightsell. Resolved problem with 2 phones at J A Fair. Resolved problem with Data Circuit at J A Fair. Relocate and repair phone at Henderson. Programming changes made to phone at Dunbar. Programming char\u0026gt;ges made to phone at King. Track and report long distance billing for LRSD. Programming changes to Voice Mail for IS. 06/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/28/95 08/28/95 08/24/95 08/21/95 76% 08/25/95 08/23/95 09/01/95 09/29/95 Repaired broken phone in Superintendent's Office. 08/23/95 08/23/95 Repair console and relocate line at Rockefeller. Install phone and relocate stations at Henderson. Ordered fax line for Baseline. Repaired dial tone and made programming changes for Booker Magnet. Install phone line for Energy Management at Mann. 24, 27 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/24/95 06/24/95 09/01/96 75% 08/24/95 09/29/95 06/28/95 1 Page\n26 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Data\nNovember 6, 1995 Program Name\nData Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Ordered fax line for McDermott. 08/24/95 08/28/95 Install phone line in Music Department at Parkview. 08/24/95 09/15/95 Repaired line 2 on phone at Baseline. 08/25/95 06/28/95 Telephone Support Report for week of August 28-September 1, 1995. 08/28/95 09/01/95 Repair various phone problems at Franklin. Resolved problem hearing on phone for Fulbright. Resolved problem with dial tone at Fair Park. 08/28/95 08/29/95 08/30/95 06/31/95 08/29/95 08/31/95 Programmirrg changes to intercom for Henderson. 08/30/95 09/05/95 Relocate and changes to phone system at IRC. Resolved problems with outside calls at Mann. Programmed phone changes for at Mabelvale Jr. Relocated phone line for McClellan Annex. 08/30/95 08/30/95 08/30/95 08/30/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 Resolved problem with in-coming call at Woodruff. 08/30/95 08/31/95 Repair static on phone line at Booker. 09/01/95 09/05/95 Repair bad receiver for phone at Williams. 09/01/95 09/06/95 24, 28Page: 29 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader\nDavid Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Telephone Support Report for week of September 5-8, 1995. Programmed changes and relocated phone at King. Programmed changes made for phone in Assistant Superintendent's office. Programming changes made to phone for IS. Reconrrected 2 phone lines at J A Pair. 09/05/95 09/08/95 09/06/95 09/06/95 09/06/95 09/07/95 09/07/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 Repaired static on phone line in SuperinterxJent's Office. 09/07/95 09/08/95 Developed two memos for 'Phone Request' form. 09/08/95 75% Resolved problem with out going calls on phone line at Williams. 09/08/95 09/08/95 Ordered fax line for Rightsell. 09/06/95 09/13/95 Telephone Support Report for week of September 11-15, 1995. Resolved problem with phone system down at Forest Park. Resolved disconnecting problem on phone at Alternative Learning Center. Resolved problem with static on phone at Central. 24, 29 09/11/95 09/15/95 0913/95 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 i Page: 30 Program Seq 24 Reviilon Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader\nDavid Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. - ------------------ ---r - - functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategiea Beginrting Date Conrpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Programming changes made for Mitchell. 09/14/95 09/20/95 Resolved problem with disconrwctirtg phone at IRC. 09/18/95 09/20/95 Connect intercom for Mabelvale Elementary. Resolved problem with static for Food Services. Resolved problem with 3 phone lines at Mabelvale Elementary. Repaired key pad on phone for PRE. Installed Phone Master System at McClellan. Telephone Support Report for week of September 18-22, 1995. Resolved various phone problems at IRC. installed fax line for Student Hearing. Installed answering machine in Network Center. Resolved phone problems st HerxJerson. Telephone Support Report for week of September 25-29, 1995. 24, 30 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/25/95 09/29/95 09/19/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/22/96 09/20/95 50% 75% 09/21/95 09/29/95Page: 31 Program Seq 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name\nData Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginnirtg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.4 Computerized Data Access- Computerized date access will be a reality in all incentive schools so that student data is easily accessible and access can be immediate for reports which might be rteeded relative to all school program aspects. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Provided Mitchell Incentive with PRC Labels. 08/21/95 08/21/95 Produced Payroll Rooster of Incentive Schools for Financial Services. 09/14/95 09/20/95 24. 31 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 26 Page: I Revision Date: June 30. 1995 Program Name: Minority Teacher Recniitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: RkhanJ Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program Description: Primary function is to recruit high quality professional and support personnel to meet the district's goals arid objectives in a wide range of positions in school and the central administration offices. To support linkages between the school district and higher education institutions\nassume responsibility for delegated programs related to staff recruitment to meet EEO and Affirmative Action and Personnel Services hiring standards\nresponsible for assigned tasks artd projects that will enhance the productivity and efficiency of the human resources division. District Goal Support: Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Goal: Developing equity in employees composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity. Plan ReferetKes: 1 FY Program Budget: $53,469.17 1st Qtr Expend: $13,165.13 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $13,165.13 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: 1 26, 1Program Seq #: 26 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L43 L43 144 LRSD FY 95 96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: (To organize recruitment and retention programs for the purpose of developing equity in the employee composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Pate. 1 Revtekm Date July 14. 1995 Robert Robinson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Update review of recruiting needs by age. race, sex and seniority in positions in the Districi to ascertain projected needs. 1.1 Review of all current staffing with identification of staff by sex, race and subject area who wilt be retiring to project needs. (Reserve at least 25 percent of the positions for Black applicants.) A. Automated sufTin\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_702","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/702"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nI LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT FILED 1995-96 FIRST QUARTER STATUS REPORT U.S. DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKANSAS NOV 2 I JAMES W. McGORMACK, CLERK PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR NON-DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS By. DiP CLtRK PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT NOVEMBER 21, 1995 EXHIBIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # PAGE# SEQUENCE # PAGE # Preface 1 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) 209,1 - 212,5 Mission Statement 2 Goals 3 District Financial Summary 4 209 210 211 212 Elementary Junior High School High School Athletics 209,1-2 210,1-2 211,1-2 212,1-5 Definitions 5 SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 213,1 - 233,2 Organization of the Report 7 Cluster Budget Documents 8 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 201,1 - 208,13 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Educational Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum Services 201,1-6 202,1-3 203,1-5 204,1-4 205,1-4 206,1-5 207,1-3 208,1-13 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 Guidance Services Drug Abuse Prevention Health Services VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administrative Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services Human Resource Services Labor Relations Data Processing Services Unassigned Indebtedness 213,1-9 214,1-7 215,1-12 216,1-6 217,1-3 218,1-3 219,1-3 220,1-3 221,1-2 222,1-2 223,1-8 224,1-5 225,1-5 226,1-6 227,1-8 228,1-4 229,1-4 230,1-28 232,1-2 ISEQUENCE  PAGE  233 234 235 236 237 238 Contingencies Alternative Education Arkansas Crusades Unassigned Newcomer Center Reading Recovery 233,1-2 234,1-3 235,1-3 237,1-2 238,1-3 ORGANIZATIONAL CHART iiPREFACE The mission statement and goals of the Little Rock School District serve as guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs will provide direction for quality, interim decision-making as well as summative decision-making. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to programs which are not a part of the district's Court-Approved Desegregation Plan obligations. Among other things, specific quarterly expenditure information will be provided in addition to the YTD (Year-to- Date) Expenditure information. The First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of the Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD YTD (Year-to-Date) Non-Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Non-Desegregation Program Budget Documents, Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1 NilH fljLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their etnotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness Olinv snfl anpniiatp cnnnnrf fnr * racial equity and adequate support for education. 21. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock School Board, administration, sUff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 3Little Rock School District Program Seq. No. Quarterly Non-Desegregalion Expenses Page 1 of 1 201 I 202 I 203 r 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 215 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 \"232 233 ~234 ~235 236 537 238 -------------------Program Name POUR YEAR OLD/HIPPY __kindergarten ------------------ __Special education ___VOCATIONAL EDUCATION __adult education---------------  COMPENSATUHY EPUCATifiN----- __01P I ED AND TALENTED __curriculum SERVICF.q---------------* elementary-------------- JUNIOR HIGH _ high schooT----------------------- aihletics------------- _ guidance services\"-------------- _ health services ----------------  educational media SPRmrpc!  g^ElD OP education RPRWirpQ _ executive admin SPRVICFg-------- _ SUPPURI service MGXrr-------------- _ PISCAL services-------------- plant services --------------- - PUP1E transport SER'Vif^--------- _ purchasing services------------- - ^lZASECyRiT?SERViCES _ planning \u0026amp; EVAL ^RVir^g _ COMMUNICATIONS SERVIOfr------ - human RESOURCES SFRVifTg------ _ LAeOR RELATIONS ------------------------  PATA PROCESSING SERV'ifTs--------- FAMILY LIFE/NEW PUTIIRFS----------- -------------------------------------------------------- UjNriNGENCiES------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE EDUCATION-------------- ARKANSAS CRUSADFS-------------------- BEACONS SCHOOL-------------------------- NEWCOMER CENTERS----------------------- Ireading RECOVErV------------------, total -------------------- Budget 95-96 22,923.00 3.177,132?49' 6.757,328.73 4,491,71T75' 811,660.85 427,679?^ 1.254,136?79~| 2,493,143?76| 21,613,320.75 | 9,456,340.34 | 9,256,518'?3rf 176,448.80 1 ~ 2,665,216:597 745,061.47 1 2.060,532.797 1,186,480.00 I 406,053.59 | \" 1.223,833:89 ^ 1.573,232.67 | 9,458,282.84 I ~5,272,S41.767~ 1,638,725.40 |' 1.794,422.42 | 326,652.697\" 150,390.95 I 2,774,369.36 | 103,544.64 I ' T285,582.88^ ~3b3,4OO.do7~ ^342,355.6ol~ ____________0.00 34,965.00 30,000.00 18,500.00 12,117:00' 10,614.00 103.409,223.00 I PTE's 0.00 91.00 142.64 103.10 23.00 13.00 31.00 I 40.40 I ~ 712.30 I \"277.37 I \"247.70 I 0.00 I 64.00 I 25.30 I 64.50 I ~ 0.00 I 7 00 I 3.00 I \" 12.00 I 242.88 I ' 88.00 I 16.00 I 43.50 I 6.00 I 4.00 I 9.00 I 2.00 I 9.00 I ' 0.00 [ \"o.oo I \"o.oo I 0.00 I \"o.oo I ~0.00 I  ~0.00 I - 0.00 __YTD Expense 2.5707 260,554.67 49O,76T3r 786,365.57 81,28S7r7~ 27,66X5?' 104,03X61\"! 596 860.46 | 2,629,565:551 ~ 1,016,710':^ 1,394.7817T9| 84,943:597 348,626.73 | 67,051.84 ! 3O1,314.'237 421,951:957~ 88,644.19! S5]704.28 I 557,708.66 | 1,614,381.79 I \"7646,253'887\" 543,406.09 | 656,363.30 | 86,221.89 I ' 47,690.94 I ~~162,896.5'07\" ~ 27,068.3?7~ ~261,167.927~ 3,684,09 I ~ T4O1,788.2'5'I~ 2,267.69 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 __________6.00 I 16,970,275 1st Quarter 2,574:67 260,554.67 49O,76'X35~ 786,385.57 81,26SJ7~ 27,883:^ 104,035.61 598,860.46 2,629,565:55' \" 1,016,710:68' 1,394,781719' 84,94'5:^ 348,628773' 67,05 i784~ 301,31472? ' 421,951795\"  86,644.19 ' 55,704.28  557,70X66' ' 1,814,381??\" 2,646,2S3.'88' ~ 543,406.09 \" 656,36X30\" \" 86,221:59\" \" 47,690.94 162,698.5'0\" ~ 27,068.32 \" \"\"261,167 9? ~ 3,684:09' \"\" T,401,788.^ ~ O.O'O\" \"\" 0.00 ________0.00 0.00 ________0.00 O.O'O 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 16.970,2/5.88 ------ 4 % Budget Spent I 11.23%' 8.20% I 7.26^ 17.51%'] I 10.01 y7 I 6.52%| 1 8.30%) r 24.02%! r 12?r7'^ r 10.75% r IS.07%1 47.6O'\u0026gt;TI 13.08%! 9OO%| 14.62%! 35.50%! 2183%! 4.55%| 35.45jJ 19.1'8^ 3199%! ~ 33.16%! 36.58%! 26.40%! ~~31.71%| 5.87%! 26.14%! ~ 20 32%! 1.04%! 19.09%! \" 0.00%! 0.00%! ~0.00%! ~0.00%! 0.00%! ~ 0.00%! 16.41%!DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the First Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs. Program\nA program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal\nA program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy, and evaluation criteria establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page\nEach Program Budget Document uses one or two formatted pages. Program Sequence H (Seq.#): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. 5DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS Page 2 Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e., the Program Manager, the Principal, and/or the Assistant Superintendent). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (03/31/04). Completion Date: This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/12/95). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 50%) should be entered in the Completion Date column. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 6ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonDesegregation Programs. Pagination: Pages in the text are numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i. Program areas are numbered according to their sequence number followed by the page number within that program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a sequence number of 02). Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of this report, similar programs have been grouped into three color-coded clusters: Curriculum, School Operations, School Support. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq K) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. Organizational Level. The School Operations Cluster employs only four programs. In addition to Athletics, the School Operations Cluster classifies the fifty schools according to three school organizational leveled programs: Elementary, Junior High, and Senior High. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart has been included to provide reference information matching designated responsible persons with desegregation and non-desegregation programs. 7CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 8Curriculum Cluster * * * * * * * 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Education Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum ServicesLRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT I Program Seq 201 Revistoa Date: November 10. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program/HIPPY Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to improve the racial balance al schools that are diflicult (o desegregale by iiKorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the EleriKntary schools. The program provides experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for identification of program sites will be given (o areas that have a very high concentration of low income students artd in schools (hat are difHcuh to desegregate. District Goal Support: Goal fl  Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal \u0026lt;2 - Develop and mainuin a stalTthat Is well-trained and motivated. Goal \u0026lt;3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, stalT, and students will demonstrate in their day Io day behavior that (hey accept each diversity among students, slafT and (he community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Coal f4 - Solicit and secure finarKial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools. iiKluding our desegregation plan. Goal f5  Provide a safe and orderly climate (hat is conducive to learning for all students. Coal f6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities arul operations. Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programi for pre-school children. Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $22,923.00 1st Qtr Expend: $2,574.67 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $2,574.67 2od Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTEO Related Function Codes: 1 201, 1UK^M 1 \u0026gt; yj-vu rnvuKAM buuuLi uutUMbM Program Seq f: Paje: 2 201 Reriskm Dale: Program Name: November 10, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Four-Year-Old Program Primary Ixader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pal Prke To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Compietioii Dale Respon.sibilily Evahiation Criteria I. Implement early childhood education programs that provide experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental levels. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Deputy Supl., Asst. Supl., Supervisor, Principals. Teachers, Instructional Aides 1. (Annual review of assessment data beginning al the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments) *(Comparisons of the progress of children who did artd did not participate in the program.)  (Slarxlardizc achievement tests will be given to each child al the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) I. I Identify sites for program implementations. 1.2 Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Deputy Supt., Asst. Supl.. Supervisor, Plant Services, Principals 1.1 Sites established for program implemenlatioru. Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supl., Supervisor 1.2 Err^iloymenl of leachen and aides for new and open positions. 1.3 Obuin materials, supplies and equipment for all new programs. 1.4 Provide inservice and technical assistance for pritKipals, teachers, and instrucliorul auistants. 201, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisor, Staff Development 1.3 Materials, supplies, artd equipment will be in place to rrteel LRSD curriculum artd licensing requirements. 1.4 Agendas and documentation of inservice evsluations.Page: 3 Program Seq *: 201 Revisioa Dale: November iO, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pal Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Al the end of each year tn HIPPY. 80% of the children served will exhibit readitKss skills for kindergarten. I. To promolc the HIPPY program (To compose and mail public service announcements lo local radio and television stations channel 14 St 16 and flyers) A. Distribute flyers to Watershed Community Development B. Mailed PSA to LRSD Communications Department C. Distribute flyers to day care, health department, and local businesses D. Had information booth al University Mall 2. To select HIPPY aides (Interview and select aides: initial training of aides arxt staff\nto enroll families into the program) 2.1 Interview and select ten (10) Home Visilors3. Arrange logistics with state for the initial training Comment: This is done through HIPPY Slate Regiorul Office (Initial training of aides and staff) A. Interview and select Home Visitors B. Printed and mailed flyers to area churches 201, 3 07/01/95 08/21/95 08/01/95 08/16/95 08/19/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/29/95 09/11/95 06/30/96 08/21/95 08/01/95 09/25/95 08/19/95 06/30/96 06/30(96 25% 09/11/95 Supervisor Staff Staff The Early Prevention of School Failure Kreening instrument will be used for pre St post assessment fot the children upon entering kindergarten to provide data that shows readiness. If students are not proficient in two or more areas, they are identified as *not ready*. Teacher surveys will be conducted annually to provide information relating to readiness skills. A standardized achievement lest will be given lo each child at the end of the third grade at a comparison between the HIPPY students atul a control group.Page: Program Seq #: 201 Rertrioa Date: Program Name: November 10, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Refermce Page Number Four-Year-Old Program Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary l.ader: Pal Price To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-achool children. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completim Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Ran classified as in two local newspapers 3. Arrange logistics with stale for the initial training Cotnmenl: This is done through HIPPY Stale Regional Oflice ^Initial training of aides and slafl) 4. Conduct home interview and enroll families into program (To enroll families into the program) 4.1 Conduct home interview artd enroll families into program 5. To recruit families (Compose and mail corre^tondence to recruit families \u0026amp; instructional aide trainees) 6. Identify families Io be served by each coordinator (To determine service of coordinators) 7. Identify families to be served by each aide (To auign families Io be served by each aide) 8. To organize instructional material 9. Conduct three (3) day workshop (To familiarize aides of the HIPPY impleriKnuiion of LRSD) 10. Obtain material for program (Order material) 06/06/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/13/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 11. To orienuie enrolled families to the HIPPY program (CortducI orientation meeting) 07/01/95 06/30/96 11.I CortducI orientalion meelng. 07/01/95 06/30/96 201, 4 Supervisor and Coordiruior SlalT SUIT Supervisor Coordinator Secretary Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Coordinator Asaigrunent of families to CoordinatorsPage: 5 Program Seq f: 201 RevtsMM Date: November 10, 199$ Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Secured space for orientation (Adult Education Auditorium) from Paulette Martin, Adult Educatin Director B. Invited LRSD personnel to Orientation C. Orientation conducted 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings (Secure meeting sites for group meetings\nmail out rKMiBcation of meeting sites) 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum (Schedule aides weekly home visits\nschedule area group meetings, print Byers, schedule weekly service for aides\nschedule aides Bret teaching with own child. 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their own children (Schedule workshop for parents \u0026amp; aides, mail out A print materials) 15. To evaluate aide trainees mid-point 15th week. (To evaluate each aide trainee) 16. Conduct survey of parents-prini materials (To determine program succeu) 17. Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum. 18. Evaluation of sides 19. Obtain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents (provide pareius with information to be successful with their children) 201, 5 09/25/95 09/11/95 09/19/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/25/95 09/11/95 09/19/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supervisor/Coordina lor Superviaor/Coordi- nalor Staff Supervisor/Coordina lor Coordinators Supervisor Superviaor/Coordi- rulor Coordinator SupervisorPage: 6 Program Seq f: 201 Rensioa Date: November 10, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sleriing Ingram Secondaiy Leader: Pat Prke Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 20. Build the aides and children's self esteem (Activities) 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception (Staff will organize) 22. Evaluate aides (Schedule fitul evaluation of trainees in program) 23. To begin implementation of HIPPY program (Staff in place) 24. Maintain regular staff (Secretary) 25. Aides made home visit (To assist in traveling expense) 201, 6 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Stair Staff Coordinator Supervisor Supervisor StaffProgram 8q *: 202 Pao: 1 Revision Date\nNovember 10. 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Coda: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Deacription: In accordance with state star\u0026gt;dards the Little Rock School District maintains a full day kindergarten program that renders an envirorvnent which provides a variety of experiences appropriate to the cNId's developmental stage. Services are provided to these students by certified teachers. District Goel Support: Goal *1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially arxJ emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal *2  Develop arxl maintain a staff that is well-trained arxJ motivated. Goal f3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrete in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society arxl view cultural diversity among students, staff aruj the community as a valued resource upon which our community arxl nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. Goal $4 - Solicit arxJ secure financial arvj other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal \u0026lt;5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is corKfucive to learning for all students. Goal *6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities arvl operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kirxJergarten students. I Plan Relerences: ] FY Program Budget: $3,177,132.49 let Qtr Expend\n$260,554.67 3rd Qtr Expand: FTE 91 YTD Expenditurea: $260,554.67 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codea: ] 202, 1Program Sag P: 202 Program Nama: KirKiergartan Program Program Coda: Program Goal: Plan Reference Pege Number LKbU hV ab-^b KHUUHAM bUUbh I DOCUMbNI Primary Laadar: Starling Ingram Sacondary Laadar: Pa0\n1 Ravhlon Data: Pat Prica Novambar 10, 1995 To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Objactivea Stratagiea Beginning Data Completion Data Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement kindergarten programs in accordance with state standards and district guidelines. 1.1 Assist in recruiting certified teachers as needed. A. Assisted in recruiting certified teachers as needed. 1.2 Obtain materials, supplies, artd equipment for all new programs. A. Obtained materials, supplies artd equipment for all new programs. 1.3 Provide inservice artd technical assistance for teachers. A. Provided inservice end technical assistance for teachers. 1.4 Ensure proper documentation artd evaluation of student progress. A. Pre-EPSP completed 1.5 Provide inservice arvl technical assistance for principals, teachers, artd instructional assistants. 202, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 0Bn4f9S 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 09/01/95 06/30/96 Asst. Supt., Supervisors, Prirwipals, Teachers Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supt., Supervisor Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisors, Staff Development, Principals Asst. Supt., Supervisor, Principals Supervisor, Staff Development 1. Programs will be in place to meet state standards artd district guidelines. 1.1 Employment of teachers for new arxJ open positions. 1.2 Materials, supplies, artd equipment will be in piece to meet L.R.S.D. curriculum artd state startdards. 1.3 Agendas artd documentation of inservice evaluations. Annual reviews of data pre and post EPSF assessments. 1.5 Agertdas artd documentation of inservice evaluationsP0: 3 Program Sag f: 202 Revision Data: November 10, 1995 Program Name: Kirtdergarten Program Program Coda: Primary Leader: Sterling lr\u0026gt;gram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to ell kirxlergarten students. Plan Reference Page Number Obiectivas Strategies Beginning Data Completion Date Raaponaibility Evaluation Criteria A. Provided inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers and instructional aides. 07/01/95 25% 202, 3LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9: 203 Page: 1 Rerbloa Dale: November 7. 1993 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: '*\"'1\" P\u0026gt; \u0026lt;'n is specially designed insttuction. al no cost to parents, to meet the unique needs of students with disabilities. This includes instniction conducted in the classroom, in the home, io hospitals and institutions, and in other senings\nand instruction in physical education. Scope and Content Special education services are provided in accordance with each child's Individual Education Program (lEP). A student is determined eligible for special education services when a disability is present as defined in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) that results in an adverse effect on educational performance and the corresponding need for special education services. A full continuum of services is provided which includes multiple options for placement. Panjcipanls/benericiaries Students served through special education services have been identified as having disabilities defined by the IDEA. During die 1992-93 school year, 8.13% of the district's population or 2,026 students received special education services (Dec, I, 1992 count). Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3  The Little Rock school Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued conlribulor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal 4  Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully suppon our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible smdents with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Plan References: FY Program Budget: $6,757,328.73 YTD Expenditures: $490,766.35 f 1st Qtr Expend: Ind Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes\n1210, 1220, 1230, 1240, 1290. 1292, 2142 $490,766.35 3rd Qtr Expend: 4tb Qtr Expend: FTE 142.64 203, 1Program Seq f\n203 Program Name: * Special Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Pace: 2 Revision Date: Patty Kohler November 7. 1995 The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria I. Provide itinerant instruction lo eligible students in accordance with each childs lEP. to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally rrundated review process. 2. Provide Resource instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process l.I Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A.. All consulting teachers hired 1.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials needs identified 1.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations arxl documentation for each shjdent in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice 2.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. Resource teachers hired 203, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 09/15/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 08/15/95 06/30/96 09/15/95 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors Director. Teachers. Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners. Principals. Teachers Director. Supervisors Director. Human Resources, Supervisors 1.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used win be identified 1.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 1.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 2.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided Page: 3 Revision Dale: November 7. 1995 Program Seq 9: 203 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: n. go.,  d,e spec, educioo prog., is .o provid. eligible smdenls wid. dis.bi,ies .ppn,p,i.,e spec, ed.K..io .nd .,..ed se.iees in e.cb ebiM's ,e.s. .sbicive enviro^nen,. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials needs identified 2.3' Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered 2.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that studenu are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice 07/01/95 09/01/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 08/15/95 Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors. Examiners. Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 2.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 2.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 2.4 Inservice participants, dales, and topics will be provided 3. Provide special class instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 07/01/95 06/30/96 3.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors 3.1 A list of certified tcachen will be provided A. Special class leachen hired 3.2 Idendly equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/15/95 06/30/96 Director. Teachers. Supervisors 3.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be tdentified A. Materials needs identified 09/01/95 09/30/95 203, 3 Pa|e: 4 Program Seq f: 203 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of (he special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 07/01/95 06/30Z96 Supervisors, Examiners, Principals. Teachers 3.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates A. Test materials ordered 09/01/95 09/30/95 3.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director, Supervisors 3.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided A. Preschool inservice 08/15/95 08/15/95 4. Provide hnmebound and hospital instruction to eligible students in accordance with each childs lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 4.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 4.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Homebound teachers employed 07/01/95 09/15/95 4.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed tn order to deliver services to students 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director. Teachers, Supervisors 4.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new rruierials are used will be identified A. Materials needs identified 09/01/95 09/30/95 4.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisors. Examiners, Principals. Teachers 4.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates A. Test materials ordered 09/01/95 09/30/95 4.4 Provide inservice training for teachen as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director, Supervisors 4.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided A. Preschool inservice 203, 4 08/15/95 08/15/95 IProgram Seq 9: 203 Page\n5 Program Name: RevisloD Date: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Special Education Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler The goal of Ihe special educalion program is 10 provide all eligible snidenis wiih disabililies appropriaie special educaiion and related services in each child's least restrictive Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date November 7. 1995 environment. Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Provide extended year services to eligible students in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 5.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 5.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 5.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 5.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 203, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors Director. Teachers. Supervisors Supervisors. Examiners. Principals. Teachers Directors. Supervisors 5.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 5.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 5.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 5.4 Inservice panicipants, dates, and topics will be providedLRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT ^ogram Seq f: 204 Page: I Revision Dale: November 7. 1995 Program Name : Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Description: Vocational education is designed to provide a program of learning experiences to develop skilled and adaptable workers who are prepared to pursue additional learning opportunities that will result in more productivity. Vocational education also develops abilities, anitudes, and appreciations that contribute to a satisfying life enhancing family, civic, arxl personal responsibilities. Education is vocational when it provides instruction in the \"why' and 'how* to students, rather than instruction \"about' things. It is cotKcmed with the development of the individual student in five areas: (1) personal skills and anitudes. (2) communication. (3) employability skills, (4) broad arxl specific occupational skills and knowledge, and (5) a foundation for career planning and lifelong learning. The content of the vocational curriculum includes any and every source which will add specifically to the students proficiency in a chosen occupation. Such a course of study may include related physics. English (applied communications), applied math, applied biology and chemistry, or other subject matter or inforrrution needed to make the learner a more efficient worker. Course offerings in vocational education aie available in all secondary schools and include the following programs\n(I) Business and Marketing. (2) Home Economks. and (3) Trade and Industrial Technology. On the junior high level, vocational courses include: Career Orientation. Keyboarding. Computer Technology and Exploring Industrial Technology Education 1 and 11. Specialized courses are offered at Metropolitan Area Vocational Center. Vocational education instruction is offered to all students who need, desire and can profit from it. All youth, regardless of race, gender, economk or social background, or handicapping conditions are included within the scope of vocational education. District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionalty with emphasis on bask skills and academic enrichment white closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well trained and motivated. (3) The Little Rock School Board administration staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contribution to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st century. (4) Solkit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan (5) Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operation. Isogram Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. I Plan References: ] [ FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: $4,491,714.75 $786,385.57 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $786,385.57 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [FTE 103.10 H [ Related Function Codes: 1321, 1331. 1332, 1333, 1341, 1351, 1352, 1353, 1354. 1362, 1371. 1392. 1360. 1362. 2410 1 204, 1Program Seq 9: 204 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Dale: Carol Green November 7, 1995 To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1 1. Provide quality instruction to all students enrolled in vocational courses. 1.1 Identify and employed certiHed teachers to deliver quality learning experiences and skilled training to students. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director. Assistant Director. Principals. Human Resources Director and Teacher Recruiter 1.1 A list of certified teachers or applicants will be provided. A. Interviews held 07/01/95 09/22/95 B. List of applicants solicited 1.2 Identify equipment, materials and supplies needed. A. Vocational teachers submitted requisitions. 1.3 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to deliver quality instruction to students. A. Vocational Teacher Pre-school B. Individual Program Pre-school inservice held C. Vocational Director/teacher and an Assistant Principal from Fair High School attended \"High Schools That Work inservice 1.4 Provide an opportunity for teachers to keep abreast of changing technological needs artd training in the workplace. A. Arkansas Association Vocational Teachers conference attended by LRSD teachers 204, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/09/95 08/14/95 09/18/95 07/01/95 08/07/95 40% 06/30/96 50% 06/30/96 08/09/95 08/14/95 09/18/95 06/30/96 08/08/95 Director, Assistant Director, Teachers Director. Assisunt Director. Staff Development Director Director. Assistant Director 1.2 Equipment, nuterials and supplies will be listed and prioritized 1.3 A listing of inservice dates, topics, and participants will be provided. 1.4 A list of professional meetings and conferences teachers have attended will be provided.Par: 3 Program Seq 9: 204 Revtston Dale: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Arxlerson Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan ReferetKC Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Review, update, or revise course offerings to reflect the needs and trends of the 21st century. 3. Maintain all equipment used in skilled training labs. 4. Awareness activities to promote vocational education will be made available to all students. 2.1 A vocational task force will be organized to address issues of the course offerings. 3.1 Identify equipment in need of repair or replacement in the vocational skilled training labs. A. Repair requesu and new equipment requisitions submined. 4.1 Recniitment activities through advenisement, flyers, videos, and student presentation will be made available to all students. A. Advisory comminee meetings scheduled by all vocational teachers 4.2 Tech Prep corruninee awareness campaign to inform parents about Tech Prep and its benefits. A. Tech Prep video made available for PTA-Open House at Forest Heights. B. Tech Prep Declaration forms distributed. 204, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/02/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 08/28/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 50% 06/30/96 80% 06/30/96 09/06/95 09/06/95 Director, Assistant Director Director, Assisunt Director, Principals, vocational teachers. Vocational teachers. Director. Task Force, and Advisory Comminees. Director. Assistant Director. Tech Prep Coordinator 2.1 Recommendations made by the task force will be identified and completed. 3.1 All skilled lab equipment will be identified for needed repair and maintenance. 4.1 a) Surveys will be conducted to determine how students became aware of vocational education (b) Monitoring of student enrollment will deiermirw the success of the awareness sessions. 4.2 List of all awareness sessions and Public Relations Activities will be compiled.P.,e: Program Seq #: 204 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Vocational Educaiion Program Code: Primary Leader\nDr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Tech Prep Brochures distributed to schools requesting them 08/28/95 09/29/95 204, 4Program Seq f: 205 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes:1430 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Paulene H. Manin Pace: I Revision Date: November 14, 1995 Adult Education is specially designed instruction at no cost to students to upgrade their educational level and or to help them obtain a high school equivalency (GED) diploma. This includes instruction at the Adult Education Center and its satellite programs in businesses, industries, various community and state agencies and churches. Scope and content Adult Education services are provided in accordance with each student's needs and goals. A student is eligible for Adult Education services if he/she is al least sixteen years of age or older and has been released from regular public school by the superintendent or his/her designee or is eighteen years of age and has withdrawn or dropped out of public school. Participanu/beneficiaries Students served in Adult Education are identified as having withdrawn or dropped out of public school, During the 1992-93 school year. 3078 students received Adult Education services. Goal 41 - Implement integrated educational programs that wllll ensure that all students grow academically, socially, and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment whillc closing disparties in achievement. Goal 42 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goa! 43 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal 44 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to full support our schools. Goal 4 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal 4 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the Adult Education Program is lo upgrade the basic literacy skills of adults, to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma, and to provide computer literacy training. ] $811,660.85 $81,285.17 1410, 1420, 1445, 1490 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $81,285.17 3rd Qtr Expeiwl: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 23.0 205, 1 Program Seq f: 205 Program Name: AduK Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Paulette H. Martin The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults In obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility November 14. 1995 Evaluation Criterta 1. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. 1.1 Identify and employ qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director, Human Resources\nDirector. Adult Education 1.1 A list of certified teachers wHI be provided A. All teachers hired 08/01/95 08/21/95 1.2 Identify equipnient, materials, and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material and supplies disseminated. 1.3 Provide Inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice 07/01/95 08/15/95 07/01/95 08/14/95 06/30/96 08/21/95 06/30/96 08/16/95 2. Inform the Community of the services offered by the Adult Education Program 2.1 Promote the Adult Education Program A. Assistant Director was on 30 minutes information show. 205, 2 07/01/95 08/03/95 06/30/96 08/03/95 Director, Ass't Director. Teachers, examiners Director Director. Ass't Director. Recruiter, teacher 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed 1.3 Inservice participants, dates and topics will be provided 2 1 Copies of tapes, brochures, and posters will be provided as well as a schedule of places visited by the recruiter.Page: 3 Program Seq *: 205 Revision Date\nNovember 14, 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader\nDr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Solicit funding to fully support the AduN Education Center 4. Provide AduK Basic Education and General Adult Education to agencies which have a minimum of ten (10) students when reguested. B. Director did a PSA to be run on TV stations. C. PSA distributed to local radio stations and TV Community Calendar. D. News release to Arkansas Democrat/Gazette. 3.1 Submit Proposals and secure financial resources for operation of the Adult Education Program 4 1 Set up AduK Education satelKe classes upon request A. AGC Math Class B. Community Punishment Center C. Lion's World Services for the Blind 0. Metropolotan Vo-Tech E. Pulaski County Detention Center F. Pinnacle House G. Forensic Unit. State Hospital H. Unit 4, State Hospital I. United Serebral Palsey Skill Center 205, 3 06/22/95 08/22/95 06/04/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/31/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 25% 25% 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 75% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% Director Director 3.1 Copies of proposal will be provided 4.1 List of satellite classes will be providedPage: 4 Program Seq #: 205 Revision Date: November 14. 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Marlin Program Goal: The goal of the Adutt Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults In obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crtteria 5. Evaluate the cost Effectiveness of using local Community Resources, such as the Parent Learning Center, as a means for providing education opportunities for parents. 6. Provide Computer Literacy courses to students and to agencies, businesses, and industries which have a minimum of ten (10) students, when requested. 7. Provide a Computerized English As a Second Language (ESL) course for foreign-bom student and Computer-Assisted Instruction (CAI) for all students. 5.1 Compare the cost of setting up an Adult Education Center and the cost of using local Community Resources of provide education servicess to parents. 6.1 Set up Computer Literacy courses at businesses and industries on request A. Adutt Education Center 7.1 Set up Computerized ESL courses for foreign- bom students and CAI for all students 205, 4 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/05/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 Director Director Director 5.1 Copy of the cost comparison will be available for review. 6 1 A list of Computer Literacy Classes will be provided. 7.1 A schedule of courses will be provided. JLRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 206 Page: I Revision Dale: November 8. 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader\nAdams/GlasgowZParker Program Description: District Goal Support: Compensatory Education funded programs are designed to improve the quality of LRSDs academic programs. Activities include supplemental instruction for students, resource materials, inservice education for teachers, and support for parental involvement. (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Goal: Disparity reduction  to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning for all snidents in the mainstream setting. Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: T $427,679.29 1st Qtr Expend: $27,883.52 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 13.00 YTD Expenditures: $27,883.52 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: 1560. 1570. 1595 1 206, 1Program Seq #: 206 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan RefereiKe Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: Novembers, 1995 Secondary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Adams/Glasgow/Parfcer Responsibllily Evaluation Criteria 1. To use an integrated shared reading/writing approach of instruction to promote student independence as readers, writers, and learners, (fourteen schools, K*3) 2. To improve students' abilities to analyze, explain, and summarize materials from books and tapes utilizing the reading styles approach, (two schools) 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals and Teachers 1. Student profiles on LRSD Language Ans Curriculum will be used to assess student achievement. 1.1 Purchase and distribute materials and supplies to schools. 1.2 Provide additional time for instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach through thematic units utilizing these materials. 1.3 Provide whole group instruction for all K-l students and additional small group and individual instruction as needed. 1.4 Provide second and third grade students with instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach. 1.5 Provide panicipating teachers and administrators with a minimum of nine hours staff development. 1.6 Provide summer scholarships to train die trainen. 206, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Director of Reading and IRC Reading Specialists Principals, First Grade Teachers, and Reading Specialists Principals arxl Classroom Teachers Principals. Classroom Teachers, and Reading Specialists Director of Reading and Rigby Consulunts Director of Reading and Rigby Consulunis 1.1 Documentation of purchase orders. 1.2 The number of developed thematic units will comprise the evaluation. 1.3 Record of classroom observation and schedules. 1.4 Schedules and list of students. 1.5 List of participants with evaluations. 1.6 List of trainers. 2. The evaluation criteria includes the recognition of the sound of letters in isolation and in words, and in how to blend sounds together.Page: 3 Program Seq f: 206 RevlstoD Dale: November 8, 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secoitdary Leader: Adams/Giasgow/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completton Date ResponslbUity Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Diagnose students' reading styles in four areas: tactic, visual, kinesthetic, auditory. 2.2 Structure students work around identified reading styles. 2.3 Actively involve students in learning activities. 2.4 Send home appropriate books and corresponding tape recordings for the reading styles of targeted students. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/03/95 06/30/96 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers 2.1 The number of Reading Styles Inventories completed. 2.2 Students' Individual Learning Plan. 2.3 Students' Individual Learning Plan. 2.4 The number of purchases and record of usage. 3. To improve students' vocabulary and comprehension skills through phonics related reading, (one school) 3. The criteria consists of: a) referetKe data in reading\nb) amount of peer tutoring\nc) number of discipline problems\nd) parental communication\ne) number of identified reading styles. 4. To promote communications between home and school. 3.1 Use the Direct Instruction Program in phonics to leach students. 3.2 Provide target students with presentation books, story books, homework, and materials. 4.1 Inform parents regarding instructional approaches. 4.2 Conduct conferences with parents on student progress. 206, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Teachen Principals and Teachers 3.1 Activities contained in the daily lesson plan will comprise the evaluation. 3.2 Record of books students read annually. 4. Record of take-home materials. 4.1 Documentation of communications. 4.2 Documentation of conferetKes.Program Seq #: 206 Page: 4 Program Name: Compensatory Education Revbfon Date: Novembers. 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated Secondary Leader: progress and catch up. Adams/Gtasfow/Parker Plan RefereiKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Provide uke-home books and materials for parents. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals and Math Teachers 4.3 Record of send-home materials. 5. To reduce education deficit in mathematics of Urgei smdents in grades seven through twelve by reinforcing the regular education program with Math Plus. 5.1 Reduce math plus class size and add enrichment class lo the schedule. an 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 A. Student Class schedules refined. 07/01/95 90% B. Math Plus classes - regular. Pre-Algebra. Algebra at 6 junior high schools 07/01/95 08/22/95 5.2 Provide wtorial and remedial learning experience in the enrichment class. A. Classroom instruction. 5.3 Employ a variety of instructional strategies which permit teachers to clarify, enhance or remediate in the academic setting. A. Classroom instruction 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 20% 06/30/96 6. To prevent schirol failure and dropout with additional assistance from niton in mathematics. 08/21/95 07/01/95 20% 06/30/96 206, 4 Math Supervisors/Tille 1 Instructional Spec. Principal Principal/ Mathematic Teachers Principals and Mathematic Teachers 5. Criteria consists of Pre and Post Norm Referenced data in math for participating students. 5.1 Class size at each school site and schedules wilt comprise the evaluation. 5.2 The number of students, njtor and schedule of session will comprise the evaluation. 5.3 Daily lesson plans will comprise the evaluation.Pace: 5 Program Seq #: 206 Revision Dale: November 8. 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/GlasgowZParfcer Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Rererence Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Inservice Pre-School Secondary Math Plus 08/14/95 08/14/95 -Record Keeping-Secorxlary Academic Support 09/01/95 09/01/95 -Math Teachers Math Plus 09/27/95 09/29/95 6.1 The Little Rock School District will purchase the following tutoring services from the ComerSlone Project: A) Ten certified tutors who have special training in working with remedial snidents\nB) Tutors will work with students through one-on-one situation or in groups not to exceed four students: C) Snidents will receive one hour of instruction in reading and one hour in mathematics\nD) Review individual student performance with parents\nE) ComerStone Project's Parent Action Committee will provide a forum for communication among parents, tutors and staff\nF) Parent education seminars will be offered for parents awareness\nG) The service will be Monday through Thursday for nine months or 180 days. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Federal Programs 6.1 Snidents* progress will be monitored by receiving school repon, quarterly grade reports, contact with school counselors, and progress with tutoring materials. 206, 5Ihograin Seq 207 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dr. Patty Kohler Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Page: 1 Revision Dale: November ?, 1995 i I I Program Description: District Goal Support: The Little Rock School Districts Gifted Program offers to its students through a design that consists of observation and enrichment for all students in grades K-2. Resource rooms and indirect services arc provided for grades 3-6 and special classes for studenu in grades 7-12 . The program operates in compliance with the Arkansas Depan of Educations Gifted and Talented Approval Sundards. The Standards provide the framework for csublishing equitable criteria for the identification of gifted and ulented students. Services are provided to these students by teachers (specialists and facilitators) who have completed or who are pursuing graduate credit in gifted education. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal * 2 - Develop and maintain a suff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal # 3  The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21sl Cenmiy. Goal * 4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal \u0026gt; 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conductive to teaming for all students. Goal # 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified students. [ Plan References\n] FY Program Budget: $1,254,136.79 1st Qtr Expend: $104,035.61 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $104,035.61 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: J FTE 31.110 I [ Related Function Codes: ] 207, 1Program Seq 207 Program Name: . Gifted Programs Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: To provide appropriate instructional services to aH Identified gifted students. Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: November 7. 1995 Secondary Leader\nMable Donaldson Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide resource room and indirect instructional services to identified students according to district and state curriculum guidelines 07/01/95 06/30/96 G/T Supervisor. Coordinator. Teachers 1.1 Identify certified teacherfs) (specialists) to provide needed services at each school. A. Specialist positions filled at aU schools. 1.2 Aid schools in providing materials, supplies, external laboratory experiences and participation in local, state and national activities. A. Invoices and requests received from schools. 1.3 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student records (placement) according to district and state guidelines. A. Monitoring of school records scheduled. 1.4 Provide insenrIce training for teachers (specialists) to ensure that students are receiving appropriate instructional services. A. Pre-School Inservice held for facilitators and specialists. 207, 2 07/01/95 08/14/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/22/95 07/01/95 08/14/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 20% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 08/15/95 Supervisor, Coordinator. Human Resources Dept. Supervisor. Coordinator, Principais Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals, Specialists Supervisor. Coordinator. Staff Development. Curriculum Supervisors List of certified teachers serving each school. Invoices, copies of requests and memberships and/or participation in various activities. Copies of monitoring report and school visitation logs Agendas, partic^atlon roster, inservice evaluationsr Page: 3 Program Seq *: 207 Revision Date: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Grfled Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Social Studies inservice - Thinking Required in the Social Studies\" C. G/T Classroom Management for selected teachers D. TrI-District Curriculum Inservice held for G/T Specialists E. Monthly G/T Council Meeting held 08/14/95 08/25/95 09/22/95 09/26/95 08/14/95 08/25/95 09/22/95 09/26/95 207, 3LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq *: 206 Page: 1 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Description: The Little Rock School District's Division of Curriculum Services seeks to Improve curriculum design and delivery K-12 that is consistent with state guidelines and national recommendations. This division works to ensure alignment between the written, taught, and tested curriculum as determined by student assessment. Finally, efforts are made to ensure that Instructional delivery is based on sound teaching principles and grounded in educational research. To accomplish these ends, this division strives Io Identify, develop, and provide educational resources staff development and technical assistance to the schools. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate In their day to day behavior that they accept each Individual as a valued contrtoutor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the corrwnunity as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fuHy support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to loaming for all students. Goal #6  Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12 Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $2,523,760.76 1st Qtr Expend: $598.860 46 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $598,860.46 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 40.40 Related Function Codes: 1190, 1193, 2211, 2212. 2490, 3600, 4900, 2219 I 208, 1Program Seq *: 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader\nOr. Henry Williams SecorKtary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Lucy Lyon November 7. 1995 The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Develop a coordinated and articulated ojrriculum that is comprehensive and demonstrates congruence between what is written, taught, and tested. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.0 Revised curriculum is in place that responds to the recommendations of the curriculum audit. Comprehensive review process is In place 1.1 Development of curriculum guides through the assistance of district-wide committees A Curriculum guides distributed as requested B. Began implementation of revised science curriculum guides with 1995-96 term 1.2 Provide inservice baining for teachers to assist in effective delivery of the curriculum A. Inservice training held as follows: Gifted and Talented - 5 Inservices\nScience - All elementary and secondary teachers\nSocial Studies - 4 Inservices 1.3 Provide technical assistance as needed for individuai school sites and/or individual teachers 208, 2 07/01/95 08/04/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 07/10/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Certified Teachers, Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development 1.1 Curriculum guides are in place and are aligned with District objectives 1.2 Documentation of inservice activities are available 1.2 Test scores will demonstrate improvement 1.3 Weekly visitation logs reflect visits for technical assistance 1.3 Test scores will demonstrate ImprovementProgram Seq : 206 Program Name: Curriculum Services Page: 3 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Technical assistance provided by aH curriculum departments 1.4 Assist schools in the selection of appropriate materials and resources for delivering the curriculum effectively to students 08/14/95 07/01/95 25% 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development 1.4 Materials and resources are n place 1 4 Requisitions for materials are on file 2.0 Identify and secure resources, both material and human, to support the program of studies offered by the District 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Procurement. Principals 2.0 The courses in the program of studies have resources available for fuH implementation A. Assisted teachers in K-4 Math and Science Crusade in ordering equipment and supplies B. Assisted teachers with new materials needed to implement the revised science curriculum C. Catalogs, brochures with selected resource materials dostributed to all schools 2.1 Identify and order equipment and supplies needed by schools to implement their instructional program A. Science equipment/supplies were ordered and sent to each elementary school B Social Studies instructional materials ordered for checkout use by 11 schools 208, 3 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 25% 25% 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 10% Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Teachers. Principals, Director of Procurement 2.1 Reguisitions/purchase orders reflect the equipment and supplies ordered by/for the schools Io implement their instructional programProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 4 Revision Dato\nProgram Name: Curriculum Services November 7. 1995 Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nDr. Henry Williams SecorKlary Leader\nProgram Goal: Lucy Lyon The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as Io ensure curricular articulallon and coordination K-12 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 2.2 Provide direct services to schools through the deployment of curriculum and technical specialists to he^ implement the schools' instructional program A. Direct services provided to schools by curriculum services staff 2.3 Maintain a library of audio-visual materials, staff development materials, and other specialized materials for loan to schools A. Audio-visual library, staff development library, and library of other materials maintained for loan to schools 2.4 interview prospective candidates for teaching positions as well as other certified and noncertified positions to assure the best qualified applicants are selected for employment A. Prospective candidates were interviewed and referred to principals for recommendations to hire 208, 4 Beginning  Date 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Completion Dato 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 Responsibility Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Curriculum and Technical Specialists, Principals Director of Staff Development. Coordinator of Library Services, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Human Resources. Principals Evaluation Criteria 2.2 Weekly visitation logs document the direct services to schools provided by curriculum and technical specialists 2.3 An audio-visual catalog and staff development library catalog will document the materials available for loan to schools\ncheck-out logs will document the loan of other specialized materials Io the schools 2.4 Appointment books and feedback information will record the applicants who were Interviewed by the curriculum supervisorsProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 5 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Or. Henry WiKams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goat: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate knproved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.5 Print District documents for dissemination to teachers, princtoals, students, and/or parents A. Parent Home Study Guides were printed for parents of Incentive School students 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 2.6 Prepare instructional activities and materials for teachers and explain/demonstrate their use 07/01/95 06/30/96 3.0 Provide technical assistance to principals, teachers, and other personnel to facilitate the effective implementation of District programs 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. IRC monthly open house showcases materials and activities that have been prepared for teachers by aR curriculum departments 3.1 Assist the schools through the services of roving computer technicians to keep computer labs and equipment up and running 208, 5 09/01/95 07/01/95 25% 06/09/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Administrative Assistant to the Manager of Support Services. Printer at printshop Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, and Specialists at IRC Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Coordinator of Technology. Computer Technicians, Principals 2.5 Teachers and principals have copies of applicable curriculum guides\nsign-off lists document the distribution of parent home study guides to parents\nstudent/parent records document that students and parents received \"Rights and Responsibilities Handbook\" 2.6 Monthly IRC Thursday Night Workshops are held to share instructional activities and materials with teachers\ncopies of other activities and materials prepared for teachers are on file al the IRC 3.0 District programs in the area of curriculum operate smoothly, without undue breakdown of equipment, lack of training of personnel, or lack of information by district personnel 3.1 Computer labs provide good service and have little \"down\" timePage: 6 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Curricuium Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams SecoTKlary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as weH as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.2 Assist teachers with self-identified or princ^ak identified needs to knprove the teaching/learning process through content specific training as well as training in using various instructional strategies 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Staff Devetopment, Prin opals 3.2 Weekly visitation togs and visitation reports document technical assistance provided to teachers A. Curriculum Services staff assisted teachers in self identified needs as weH as needs identified by principal 07/14/95 25% 3.3 Help schools identify staff development needs and plan inservice lo address those needs 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Staff Development. Principals, Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators 3 3 The Staff Development Catalog contains training that meets the needs identified in the schools' School Improvement Plan A. COE schools assisted in staff development needs B. Planning for Disirict-wide early release days is underway 3.4 Monitor program implementation through classroom visitations A. Classroom observations of social studies instruction done in 13 schools B. Visitations made in all schools lo check special education needs 208, 6 08/15/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/24/95 08/14/95 25% 25% 06/30/96 24% 09/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisor and Coordinators 3.4 Weekly visitation togs document program monitoring Pag*: 7 Program Seq f: 206 Revision Data: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secorxlary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Ot^^ctlves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Resportslbility Evaluation Criteria 4. Provide staff development experiences for the effective implementation of the curriculum 3.5 Provide information to appropriate school personnel concerning academic events, training opportunities, fundhg sources, content-related questions, and special programs to enhance the instructional program A. Information regarding academic events, training opportunities, special programs and etc. provided B. Notices of funding opportunities were provided to selected principals and teachers in science C. Information given to schools re: transition, inclusion and literacy training for students with disabilities 3.6 Assist schools with special needs students to address the identified needs to improve the learning process A. Assistance provided to schools regarding special needs and programming B. Provided ESL tutors in 7 schools 208, 7 07/01/95 08/15/95 07/21/95 08/01/95 07/01/95 084)1/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 25% 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 25% 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Princ^als Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development 3.5 Memos, council agendas, and other written correspondence containing pertinent information is on file in each curriculum area 3.6 Programs to address special needs students are In place 4.0 Inservice programs offered are in response Io identified needs district-wide as well as local school sitesPafle: 6 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date\nNovember 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4 1 Provide inservice training through district-wide minicourses, training courses as weH as schoolbased workshops to maximize the delivery of the curriculum A. Staff development survey sent to all employee groups B. Inservice training provided by all departments in curriculum services 4.2 Maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites for identified needs and/or professional development A. Professional materials and supplies maintained by Gifted and Talented. IMC. Staff develpoment. Science B. Professional catalog distributed 4.3 Provide technical assistance to individual schoolsAeachers through demonstration lessons, team-teaching as well as individual/group planning at the local school A. Eisenhower math and science specialists provided demo lessons and individual help to teadiers at approximately 15 schools B. Assistance provided in social studies to 13 schools 208, 8 07/01/95 08/28/95 08/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/21/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/27/95 06/30/96 09/15/95 25% 06/30/96 25% 07/21/95 06/30/96 25% 25% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists 4.1 Catalogue reflects inservice opportunities 4.1 Computer generated record reflects all inservice topics, dates, participants 4 1 Evaluations are on file 4.2 Record of available materials is on file as well as documentation of materials that have been checked out for local schools 4.3 Copies of weekly visitation logs as well as staff development plans are availablePage: 9 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Or. Henry Willtams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Resporrsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.4 Provide opportunities for teachers to work at the IRC to design and create their own activities 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development 4.4 List of available dates and participants is available A. Open house at IRC B. IRC resources available until 5:00 p. m each day 4.5 Provide specialists and technicians to assist local schools in the implementation of the Abacus Instructional Management Program 09/07/95 08/14/95 07/01/95 09/07/95 25% 06/30/96 Staff Development. Computer Central 4.5 Weekly visitation logs document direct services to the schools 4.5 Increased use of the Abacus system 5.0 Develop and evaluate programs to meet needs established by the district in the curriculum area 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation 5.0 Programs are developed Io meet needs established by the District\nthe program budgeting process and Tast-track\" evaluations are used to evaluate new and existing programs A. Specialists provided assistance: Gibbs. Washington. Carver, Otter Creek, and for elementary principals B. Technicians made regular visits to elementary schools to provide Abacus assistance 208, 9 07/21/95 08/15/95 08/18/95 25%Program Seq *: 208 Page: 10 Revision Date\nNovember 7, 1995 Program Name\nCurriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader\nDr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal\nThe purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.1 Plan programs for magnet, rnterdistrict. incentive, and other schools established by the District to incorporate selected themes 5.2 Develop District-wide programs to meet the special needs of identified populations of students A Grfled and Talented programs available in all schools to address needs of identified populations B. Inservices were held for Title 1 and Math Plus teachers 5.3 Assess the effectiveness of District programs in the curriculum area 208, 10 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 25% 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents. Principals. Associate Superintendent for Desegregation Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Director of Federal Programs Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Planning Research and Evaluation 5.1 Schools with special themes have programs in place that infuse the theme throughout the curriculum 5 2 Student populations with special needs identified by the District in the curriculum area have programs in place to address their needs 5 3 Utilization of manpower and resources in the curricuium area will reflect the use of program assessment resultsProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 11 Revision Date\nNovember 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning  Date Completion Date Ret ports Ibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Seek funding for District programs that qualify for grants from external funding sources A. Submitted 1 ESL grant extension AOE 5.5 Plan programs of study for students that meet local, stale, and national standards A. Newly revised science curriculum was developed using local, state, and national standards 5.6 Identify or develop alterative means of assessing student achievement of curricular objectives A. Portfolios used in grades 3-5 in Gifted and Talented program 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 6.0 Develop and expand a cooperative relationship between home and school that will encourage positive home learning 07/01/95 06/30/96 208, 11 Director of Federal Programs. Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Assistant Superintendents. Princ^als Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Assistant Superintendents. Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Principals, Teachers 5.4 Grant applications are on file in the Office of Federal Programs 5.5 Curriculum and program of studies reflect state curriculum frameworks, and program of studies meets local and state requirements and reflects national recommendations and trends 5.6 Criterion referenced test items will be cleaned-up/revised in Abacus test item bank for use by pilot schools\nkindergarten and elementary report cards will be revised: portfolio assessment workshops will be held for groups of teachers 6.0 Home and school cooperation and parental involvement will increase as reported on survey of parenb and VIPs recordsPage: 12 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is Io plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as Io ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. New Abacus test items and teacher observable items were developed for revised science curriculum 6.1 Develop and print parent home study guides for distribution that can be used throughout Ihe year to reinforce positive learning A. Parent Home Study Guides were printed for Incentive School parents 6.2 Prepare information for dissemination to public regarding curricuium and parent home study guides 6.3 Provide inservice training for local school personnel and identified parents in the appropriate use of the study guide 6.4 Participate in recruitment activities for parents and students, particularly for newly developed programs 208, 12 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development, Principals. Teachers. Parents Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators 6.1 Guides are available 6.2 Results of surveys from parents reflect their use 6.3 Record of inservices and attendees is available 6.4 Record of activities 6.4 Increase in number of students recruited for new programs 1Page: 13 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: Program Name\nNovember 7. 1995 Program Code\nProgram Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number Curriculum Services Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader\nLucy Lyon The purpose o( curriculum services is Io plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as we# as Io ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12. Objectives Strategies Beglnnlr\u0026gt;g Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.5 Share information with parents about trends in the area of curriculum and about features of LRSD Instructional programs 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Principals, PTA Council 6.5 Agendas or records of information that is shared with parents A. Parent meetings held to inform parents of Gifted and Talented programming in the district 08/15/95 25% J 208. 13School Operations Cluster  * * Elementary Junior High School High School AthleticsProgram Seq : 209 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Sadie Mitchell, Margaret GremMlion Secondary Leader\nPage: 1 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Elementary School Principals The elemenlary school program seeks Io provide Integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs o all LRSD students In a desegregated setting Central OfBco stall and principals collaborate Io ensure quality educational planning lor an students with the support ol local school stall, parents, and patrons To provide a quality integrated education for elementary school students. I $21,613,320.75 $2,629,565.55 I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expertd: $2,629.565 55 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: I FTE 712.30 I Related Function Codes: 1120,2410,2590.1120 ] 209, 1Program Sag *: 209 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Sadie Mitchell. Margaret GremilKon Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: November 7. 1995 Elementary School Principals To provide a quality integrated educaiion for elementary school students. Objectives Strategies Beginnirvg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated educaiion for all students. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals, Assistant Superintendents 1.1 Develop annual school budgets 07/01/95 06/30/96 Princ^als. Assistant Superintendents 1.1 Completed and approved budget document detailing how funds will be expended. A. 1995-96 budgets provided to all administrators during principals' institute. 07/01/95 09/30/95 12 Recommend appropriate personnel Io deliver the educational program. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals. Assistant Superintendents 1.2 Annual staff report A. Assistant Superintendents approved new hires for school opening. 07/01/95 09/30/95 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, and equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals. Assistant Superintendents 1.3 Educational Equity Monitoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant Superintendents A All requisitions over $300 is submitted to the assistant superintendent's office for approval. 07/01/95 09/30/95 209, 2PrograiD Seq f: 210 Page: I Rerisioo Date: Novembers, 1995 Program Name: Junior High School* Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Andenon Secondary Leaden Junior High School Principal* Program Description: The junior high *chool program *eek* lo provide inlegrated learning experience* which meet the academic, aocial. and developmenul need* of all LRSD atudent* in a deaegregaied aetiing. DKlrkl Goal Support: Central Oflice stafT and principal* collaborate lo ensure quality educational planning for all student* with the *upport of local achool staff, parents, and patrons. Program Goal: To provide a quality integrated education for junior high school student*. [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: $9,491,305.34 1st Qtr ELxpend: $1,016,710.68 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $1,016,710.68 2iid Qtr Expend: 4lb Qtr Expend: [ Related Functioa Codes: 1130,1132,2410,2590 210, 1LKCaU r-1 rXUMKAM DUUUbl UUtUMtM P9: 1 Program Seq *: 210 Revleion Date: November 8, 1995 Program Name\nJunior High Schools Program Code: Primary Leader: Or. Victor Artderson Secondary Leader: Jr. High School Principals Program Goal: To provide a quality integrated education for junior high school students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated education for all students. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals. Assistant SuperinterKfent 1.1 Develop annual school budgets A. Consult with principals on budget construction/msnegement 1.2 Recommend appropriate personnel to deliver the educational program. A. Consult with principals on construction of master schedules. B. Consult with principals on certification issues relating to personnel C. Approve hiring of personnel 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, arwf equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. A. Consult with principals about supply/equipment requisitions B. Approve appropriate requisitions 210, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 85% 75% 75% 06/30/96 25% 25% Principals. Assistant Superinterxlent Principals, Assistant Superintertdent Principals. Assistant SuperinterMfent 1.1 1.2 1.3 Completed sr\u0026gt;d approved budget document detailing how funds will be expanded. Anrtual staff report Educational Equity Morwtoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant Superinter\u0026gt;dentProgram Seq f: 211 Pn^ram Name: Senior High School! Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Dr. Vidor Andenon Secondary Leader: Page: I Rertsioa Date: November 8, 1995 Senior High School Principele The senior high school program seeks to provide integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmenul needs of all LRSD Mudents in a desegregated aetting. Central OfTice sufT and principals collaborate to ensure quality educational planning for all students with the support of local school stafT, parents, and patrons. To provide a quality integrated education for senior high Khool students. 1 $9,256,518.31 $1,394,781.19 I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $1,394,781.19 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend\nI FTE 247.70 U I Related Functioo Codes: 1140, 2410, 2590. 1140 211, IPreoram Seq 8: 211 Program Name: Senior High Schools Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Pao*: 2 Revlelon Date: November 8, 1995 Senior High School Principals To provide a quality integrated education for senior high school students. Obiectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated education for all students. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals, Assistant SuperinterKfent 1.1 Develop snrHiel school budgets A. Consult with principals on budget construction/management 1.2 Recornrrtervl appropriate personnel to deliver the educational program. A. Consult with principals on construction of master schedules B. Consult with principals on certification issues related to personnel C. Approve hiring of personnel 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, arvl equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. A. Consult with principals about supply/equipment requisitions. B. Approve appropriate requisitions 211, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 85% 75% 75% 06/30/96 25% 25% Principals. Assistant SuperinterKlent Principals. Assistant Superintendent Principals. Assistant Superintertdent 1.1 Completed and approved budget document detailing how funds will be expended. 1.2 Annual staff report 1.3 Educational Equity Morvtoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant SuperintertdentProgram Seq 212 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal\n[ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditiires: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Or. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: The Athletics program provides the opportunity for students to develop skills in competitive team and individual sports activities. To ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operation. To provide a quality athletics program. $178,448.80 1st Qtr Expend: $84,943.59 3rd Qtr Expend: $84,943.59 2nd Qtr Expend: 4lh Qtr Expend: Page: 1 Revision Date: November 20. 1995 Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter J FTE 0.00 [ Related Function Codes: 1151, 1152. 1154, 1155. 1156, 1157, 1158 212, 1Program Seq *: 212 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: November 20, 1995 Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 To conduct junior high athletics program for boys and girts. (Football, basketball, track, soccer, golf volleyball, and tennis) 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assistant Supt.. Secondary. Carter O. 1.0 An athletics program for junior high girts and boys b implemented as designed and approved by the LRSD Board of Directors 1.1 Conduct general office tasks. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assistant Supt., Secondary, O. Carter 1.1 Office duties are conducted within specified time frames. 12 Order uniforms and supplies 07/01/95 04/30/96 Assistant Supt.. Secondary. O. Carter 1.2 Uniformsand supplies are available for use for each designated sports activity. 1.3 Conduct game operations tasks. 07/01/95 05/2Q/96 Assistant Supt., Secondary. O. Carter 1.3 All game operations (officials, security, ticket takers and sellers, and ambulance service) are conducted in specified time frame. 212, 2Program Seq *: 212 Page: 3 Revision Date: November 20, 1995 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.0 To conduct senior high athletics program for boys and girls (Football, basketball, track, soccer, tennis, golf, swimming, volleyball, and basebaH) 2.1 A. Arrange for medical personnel for junior high football games 6 Arrange for delivery of Volleyball game payrolls for junior high schools Conduct general office duties A. Adjust atheKic budget for all sports B. Order tickers, passes and forms for the school year. C. Distribute parent consent and health forms to all athletes D. Prepare and distribute gam schedules E. Assign and contract game officials F. Payment of membership fees to AAA for all secondary schools 212. 3 07/01/95 08/31/95 09/05/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/01/95 09/05/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 08/01/95 50% 50% 08/30/95 Assistant Supt., Secondary, Carter O. Assistant Supt., Secondary O. Carter 20 An athletics program for senior high girls and boys is implemented as designed and approved by the LRSD Board of Directors 2.1 Office duties are conducted within specified time frames.Page: Program Seq *: 212 Revision Date: November 20, 1995 Program Name\nAthletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Program Goal: To provide a quality attiletics program. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 2.3 G. Requisition and prepare game payrolls for all secondary schools Order uniforms and supplies. A. Order uniforms for football teams B Order football supplies for all schools C. Receive and distribute uniforms and supplies for all sports as received D. Order basketball uniforms for schools, if needed E. Order Votteybalt uniforms and supplies for all schools Conduct game operations tasks. A. Prepare game payroll for Football and Volleyball for delivery to schools 212, 4 08/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 09/30/95 50% 09/30/95 09/30/95 06/30/96 50% Assistant Supt., Secondary O. Carter Assistant Supl.. Secorxtary O. Carter 2.2 Uniforms and supplies are available for use for each designated sports activity. 2.3 All game operations (ofRcials, security, ticket takers and sellers, and ambulance service) are conducted in specified time frame.Page: 5 Program Seq #: 212 Revision Date: November 20, 1995 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools. Ouida Carter Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 24 B. Arrange for ambulance service al football games C. Check game reports and make deposits Arrange for transportation with outside vendors for all sports. A. Prepare requistion for out of county trips for alt sports programs B. Prepare requistion for coaches requesting funds for food on out of county trips 212, 5 06/01/95 09/06/95 07/01/95 06/01/95 06/01/95 50% 25% 06/30/96 25% 25% Assistant Supt., Secondary O. Carter 2.4 Transportation for events occurring outside the 50 mile radius of Little Rock is completed as scheduledSchool Support Cluster * * Guidance Services Drug Abuse Prevention  Health Services * * * *  *  * *  * * Curriculum Services/VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administration Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services * Human Resource Services * * * Labor Relations Data Processing Services Family Life/New Futures Indebtedness * Contingencies JLRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9: 213 Pege: 1 Revision Date\nNovember 9. 1995 Program Name: Guidance Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Program Description: The Guidance arxJ Counseling Program provides services Io support academic, social arxJ emotional success for students In the Little Rock School District. District Goal Support: 1. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and amotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. 2. Develop arxl maintain a staff that is well-trained ar\u0026gt;d motivated. 3. The LRSD Board, administration, staff, erxi students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each irxlividual as a valued contributor to society arxl view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and notion can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. 4. Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, irwiudirtg our desegregation plan. 5. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities arxJ operations. Program Goel: To promote the personal/social, academic and career development needs of all LRSD students. [ Plan References: I FY Program Budget: $2,665,216.59 let Qtr Expend: $348,628.73 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 64.00 YTD Expenditures: $348,628.73 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 2111, 2114, 2120, 2121, 2129 213, 1Program Seq *: 213 Program Name: Guidance Services Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number N/A LKOU t-I ao-ao rnUUMMIVl DUUUt I UUbUMbNI Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry To maintain a well-qualified and racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Objectives Strategies Pag*: 2 Revision Date: November 9, 1995 Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Beginning Date Completion Date Reaportaibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To assist in the recruitment and selection of a qualified end racially diverse pool of counselor applicants for each school. 1.1 Aggressive recruitment of minority counselor applicants for employment pool. A. No Counselor vacancies in 95-96. 1.2 Conduct interviews to screen counselor applicants prior to referral Io building principals. A. Process institutionalized in the recruitment and screervng of counselor applicants. 1.3 Corxfuct annual minority recruitment seminar for identifying qualified minority/non mirrority counselor applicants. 213, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 6/30/95 Director of Pupil Services, Director of Human Resources Minority Recruiter, Building Principals Tri-Oistrict Guidance Directors Minority Recruiter, Building administrators Director of Pupil Services, Minority Recruiter, Building Prirtcipals Tri-District Guidance Directors, Director. Pupil Services, Associate Supt. Desegregation, Minority Recruiter 1. The number of minority counselors in the District will increase as evidenced by a racially balanced staff at each building. 1.1 Comparison of ratio of nonminority to minority counselors In each building. 1.2 Comparison of number of minority counselors to nonminority counselors prior to 1993-94 school year. 1.3 Participation rosters, seminar agertda, record of counselor recruits identified from attendance roster.Program Seq itz 213 Pao*: 3 Progrem Name\nGuidance Services Ravbion Data: November 9, 1995 Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nBrady Gadberry Program Goal: Secondary Leader\nTo maintain a well-qualified and racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Jo Evelyn Elston Plen Reference Page Number Objectives 2. Develop, implement arxi maintain an effective staff development inservice program for District Counselors. Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 06/30/96 Deputy Supt., Director Pupil Services, District Guidance Counselors, Building Principals 2. District Counselors will receive inservice training annually to enharKe professional knowledge and uruferstanding to meet the guidance needs of all LRSD students. 2.1 Organize and maintain staff development planning committee to identify counselor training needs arxi assist in developing inservice calerxlar. 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. Elementary and secondary staff development planning committees formed. Two meetings were hold on 09/15/95 and 10/10/95. 2.2 Conduct monthly inservice workshops. A. Monthly inservice workshops held for secondary 08/24/95 and 9/25/95\nfor elementary 09/08/95 and 10/03/95. 213, 3 09/15/95 07/01/95 08/24/95 25% 25% 25% Deputy Supt., Pupil Services Director, Staff Development Trairwng Committee Deputy Supt., Pupil Services Director. Steff Development Training Corrwnittee 2.1 Roster of plannir\u0026gt;g committee members and copy of ennual inservice schedules. 2.2 Monthly training calenders. Meeting agendas, participant post workshop evaluations. PaO: 4 Program Saq #: 213 Ravbion Data: Novambar 9, 1995 Program Nama\nGuidanca Sarvicas Program Coda: Primary Laadar: Brady Gadbarry Sacondary Laadar: Jo Evalyn Elston Program Goal: To maintain a well-qualified artd racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.3 Assess effectiveness of staff development training. A. 95% of counselors rated workshops good to excellent. 07/01/95 08/24/95 06/30/96 25% Director-Pupil Services, Staff Development Training Committee IRSC 2.3 Written post workshop evaluations. 3. Annually review written school-based guidance program plans to ensure that they address the personal/social, academic and career development needs of students. 3.1 Develop and implement school visitation schedule to review building guidance plans and to provide technical assistance and support as needed. 3.2 Provide assistance to counseling staff in refining all guidance program components. 3.3 Develop/refine program monitoring and evaluation instruments. A. Program monitoring and evaluation instruments prepared for distribution. 3.4 Develop and distribute program monitoring and evaluation timelines to program deliverers. 213, 4 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/25/3S 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/29/95 06/30/96 Assistant Superinterxlent. Director-Pupil Services. Building Principals, schoolbased guidance staff Deputy Supt.. Director-Pupil Services. Building Principals Deputy Supt., Director-Pupil Services. Building Principals Deputy Supt., Director-Pupil Services, Building Principals Deputy Supt.,Director- Pupil Services. Building Principals 3. A districiwide comprehensive guidance arvl counseling program that meets the social, personal, academic and career development needs of all students will be implemented in grades K through 12. 3.1 Copy of approved school visitation schedule, copy of school-based guidance plans. 3.2 Copy of school visitation follow-up reports. 3.3 Completed program evaluation instruments. 3.4 Copy of monitoring and evaluation timelines. Program Saq *: 213 P.O.: 5 Program Name: Guidance Services Revision Data: November 9, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Goat: Brady Gadberry To maintain a well qualified and racially diverse guidance stall In the Little Rock School District. Seeondery Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Plan Reference Page Number Objectivea Strategies 3.5 Conduct ar\u0026gt;d analyse program evaluation data. Beginning Date 07/01/95 Completion Date 06/30/96 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Inform students of all opportunities available to them and encourage them to take advantage of these opportunities. 5. Make parents partners in education of their children by making information accessible to them and keeping them informed. 07/01/95 06/30/96 4.1 Publish a document annually which lists financial aid, vocational arxJ higher education opportunities for all students. A. First issue of Guidance clipsheets distribution to parents and students. 4.2 Encourage students to take advantage of opportunities open to them. 4.3 (Follow up to ensure that referral was appropriate intervention to enhance student success and expectations!. 213, 5 07/01/95 06/30/96 10/06/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Deputy Supt., Director-Pupil Services, Building Principals Counselors. Principals. (Pupil Services Teachers, parents. Teachers) PrirKsipals. Counselors, Vocational Director, Teachers. Parents Principals, Teachers, Parents, Students Prirwipals, Teachers, Parents Principals. Teachers, Parents 3.5 Written program evaluation reports. 4. Guidance services. Annual Report, and Report Comparison Reports will show all students needing services will receive them 4.1 Publications of document Disseminate document to students artd parents 4.2 Statistical increase in rujmber of students, particularly minority students, receiving financial aid and proceeding into post secondary education. 4.3 Documentation will show referrals were appropriate. 5. (Reports will reflect an increase in the number of parents involved as partners in the education of their children).Page 6 Program Seq *: 213 Revlaion Date: November 9, 1995 Program Name: Guidance Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader\nJo Evelyn Elston Program Goal: To maintain a well-qualified arxl racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.0 To make students aware of educational arxl post educational opportunities. 5.1 Hold community educational meetings each year during the spring to inform parents of curriculum arxl student opportunities Ito include co-curricular activities!. 5.2 Provide written information to parents regarding curriculum arxJ student skills. 6.1 Annually Review research ar\u0026gt;d develop rewards program so that recognition and incentives will be irxJividual to the school. A. Recognition and Awards programs ongoing and systematic. 213, 6 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 10/02/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% Principals, Counselors. Director of Guidance. Associate arxl Assistant Superinterxlents Educational Programs, Building Prirwipals, Convnunications Department Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Vocational Director. Parents Principals/Staff, Assistant Supts., VIPS. Patrons 5.1 Roster of meetings. 5.1 Number of students who graduate and elect advanced training/education by race arxl gerxlerl. 5.1 Report will show the targeted number os student who will enroll in upper-level classes and elect to attend post secorxfary education 5.2 Brochures arxt Parent Home Study Guide will ba given to targeted parents. Videos will be available for check-out. 6.0 Disseminate documents to students arxl parents. 6.1 Statistical data lo support validity of plan arxl improvement in discipline arxl behavior.Program Seq *\n213 Pao\n7 Program Name: Guidance Services Revision Date: November 9. 1995 Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nBrady Gadberry Program Goal: To maintain a well-qualified end racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Plan Reference Page Number Objectives 7.0 Provide minicourses for students in study hails, testing skills, and pre-career skills in a sequenced program beginning in grade four and through high school. Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 6/30/95 Principals, Counselors, Teachers, Staff Development 7.0 Data gathered from Pupil Services Team. 7.1 Offer test taking study skills arid pre-career skills through the elementary and secorMfary instructional and guidance programs. 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. Test taking arvi study skills modules, delivered to prepare for Stanford 8 Testing. 09/04/95 25% 7.2 Minicourses to be developed in sequence beginning with grade (our. 07/01/95 06/30/95 Principals, classroom Teachers, VIPS, Guidance Counselors, Staff Development 7.2 Development of minicourses A. Test taking skills, study skills and pre-career skills systematically delivered through Guidance Program. 09/04/95 25% 7.3 Provide teacher staff development in the use of curriculum in these areas. 07/01/95 06/30/95 7.3 Staff participation in these (comparative rHjmbers). 213, 7P0: 8 Program Seq P: 213 Revision Dato: Novombor 9, 1995 Program Name: Guidance Services Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nBrady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Program Goal: To maintain a well-qualified and racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Rasporaibility Evaluation Criteria 8.0 Raise awareness of students of (aboutl future career options. 9.0 Provide counseling intervention for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. 7.4 Offer appropriate staff development to teachers to support teaching of the curriculum. 8.1 Use of resource volunteers in classes arvJ assemblies beginning in elementary schools to address careed options. 9.1 Activate discipline/atterKJance intervention teams at school. Marxlate the Pupil Services Team to do monitoring arnf involve the counselor with students who have discipline/attertdance problems. 213, 8 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Curriculum Staff. Staff Development Director, Pupil Services Curriculum Staff, Staff Development Director, Pupil Sarvicas Teachers grades 4-12 VIPS, Partners in Education. Pupil Services. Counselors Pupil Services Team, Counselors. Parents Principals. Guidance Departments. Building Staffs. School Health Services Coordinator 8.0 Decreased drop-out rate, number of students who elect post high school cereer/educational opportunities will increase. 9.0 Review of discipline arxl attendance records will show a decrease in chronic disciplinary arvj/or atterKfance problems. 9.1 Records of counseling intervention.Program Saq W\n213 Page: 9 Program Name: Guidance Services Raviaien Data: November 9, 1995 Program Coda: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To maintain a well-qualified and racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Jo Evelyn Elston Plan Reference Pege Number Objectives Strategies 9.2 Involve parents in the team process regarding their children through meetings/conferences to address attendance and/or disciplinary problems. 213, 9 Beginning Data Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals. Parents. PT A Officers. PTA Council, Counselors. Pupil Services Teams. School Health Services 9.2 Records of parents/team involvement.LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 214 Pa(e: 1 Revision Dale: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Drug Abuse Prevention Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Program Description: A comprehensive drug prevention program that provides school and community based prevention and intervention initiatives desigrted to develop leadership and life skills that empower youth to lead productive and drug- free Ilves. Dlstricl Goal Support: I. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills artd academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. 2. Develop artd maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. 3. The LRSD Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, suff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. 4. Solicit and secure finarKial and other resources that are necessary to fully suppon our schools, including our desegregation plan. 5. Ensure that equity occun in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To develop and systematically implement a comprehensive drug abuse prevention program in the LRSD that reduces alcohol and other drug use among youth and increases comnwnity and family involvement in drug prevention efforts. I Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4(h Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: ] 214, 1Program Seq 214 Program Name: Drug Abuse Prevention Program Code: Program Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number N/A FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader\nBrady Gadberry To develop and systematically implement a comprehensive drug abuse prevention program in the LRSD. Objectives 1. To plan and systematically provide staff development program to support drug education curricula and prevention and intervention initiatives. Page: 2 RevisioD Date: November?, 1995 Strategies I.l Organize and coordinate staff development committee to plan and implement inservice training schedule. A. Staff development committees for elementary and secondary levels formed. 1.2 Conduct inservice training for program deliverers. A. Inservice workshops for elementary and secondary counselors held as follows: 09/25/95 - 10/03/95 1.3 Provide supplementary drug education and au\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"usm_oh_mus-coh-barnhillr-transcript","title":"Oral history with Mr. Roger Barnhill","collection_id":"usm_oh","collection_title":"Oral History","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Mississippi, 32.75041, -89.75036"],"dcterms_creator":["Barnhill, Roger, 1940-","Rachal, John, 1948-"],"dc_date":["1995-11-17"],"dcterms_description":["Oral history.; Interview conducted on November 17, 1995 with Mr. Roger Barnhill.He was born on November 12, 1940 in Lincoln, Nebraska.Barnhill was recruited into the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) in his senior year at Michigan State University.During the Mississippi Summer Project, he worked as a community liaison with the police department in Pascagoula, Mississippi.Over the summer of 1964, he canvassed voters in Moss Point, Pascagoula, Gulfport, and Biloxi, and he taught African-American history to high school students.Barnhill was arrested for taking part in a mass demonstration.After returning to Michigan State, he graduated and began working in the juvenile court in St. Louis and then at the Missouri State Board of Probation and Parole.","Electronic version made available through a National Leadership Grant for Libraries from the Institute for Museum and Library Services.","This item is part of the Civil Rights in Mississippi Digital Archive."],"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["University of Southern Mississippi. Center for Oral History and Cultural Heritage."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["Civil rights workers","Civil rights movement"],"dcterms_title":["Oral history with Mr. Roger Barnhill"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["University of Southern Mississippi. Center for Oral History and Cultural Heritage"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["https://usm.access.preservica.com/uncategorized/IO_cd35b795-2819-47d0-87b4-941ded6f755c"],"dcterms_temporal":["1964"],"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["University Libraries provides access to these materials for educational and research purposes. Use of materials from this collection beyond the exceptions provided for in the Fair Use and Educational Use clauses of the U.S. Copyright Law may violate federal law. When possible, we have provided information regarding the copyright right status of an item; however, the information we have may not be accurate or complete. Obtaining permissions to publish or otherwise use is the sole responsibility of the user."],"dcterms_medium":["oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Barnhill, Roger, 1940- --Interviews"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc_26","title":"Alice Wright","collection_id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc","collection_title":"Birmingham Civil Rights Institute Oral History Project Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Alabama, Jefferson County, Birmingham, 33.52066, -86.80249"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-11-10"],"dcterms_description":["Alice Wright discusses her work with W. E. Shortridge and the Alabama Christian Movement for Human Rights.She helped keeps the books and documentation for the Movement."],"dc_format":["video/mp4"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["Civil rights movements--Alabama--Birmingham","Police-community relations","New Zion Missionary Baptist Church"],"dcterms_title":["Alice Wright"],"dcterms_type":["MovingImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Birmingham Civil Rights Institute (Birmingham, Ala.)"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://bcriohp.org/items/show/26"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"pth_bcja_metapth595236","title":"[Barbara C. Jordan Harvey Penick Award Acceptance Speech]","collection_id":"pth_bcja","collection_title":"Barbara C. Jordan Archives","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Texas, Travis County, Austin, 30.26715, -97.74306"],"dcterms_creator":["Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996"],"dc_date":["1995-11-09"],"dcterms_description":["Text of an acceptance speech given by Barbara C. Jordan for the Harvey Penick Award, \"For Excellence in the Game of Life.\""],"dc_format":["image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":["local-cont-no: TSOU_0440-001-009","ark: ark:/67531/metapth595236"],"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["African American women politicians--Texas","Speeches, addresses, etc.","Awards--Texas--Austin"],"dcterms_title":["[Barbara C. Jordan Harvey Penick Award Acceptance Speech]","Texas Senate Papers"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Texas Southern University. Library"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://texashistory.unt.edu/ark:/67531/metapth595236/"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["speeches (documents)"],"dcterms_extent":["1 p. ; 28 cm."],"dlg_subject_personal":["Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"usm_hmp_mus-m345-0065","title":"Resolution honoring Victoria Gray Adams; November 4, 1995","collection_id":"usm_hmp","collection_title":"Historical Manuscripts and Photographs","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Mississippi, 32.75041, -89.75036"],"dcterms_creator":["Thompson, Bennie G., 1948"],"dc_date":["1995-11-04"],"dcterms_description":["From the Adams (Victoria Gray) Papers. \u0026lt;br\u0026gt;Resolution by Congressman Bennie G. Thompson of Mississippi honoring Victoria Gray Adams for her lifelong dedication to and work in the areas of civil and human rights. Includes biographical information and highlights of her civil rights work and professional activities.","Electronic version made available through a National Leadership Grant for Libraries from the Institute for Museum and Library Services.","This item is part of the Civil Rights in Mississippi Digital Archive."],"dc_format":["image/jpeg","application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/CNE/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["M345 Adams (Victoria Gray) Papers","Box 8, Folder 1"],"dcterms_subject":["African American civil rights workers","African American political activists"],"dcterms_title":["Resolution honoring Victoria Gray Adams; November 4, 1995"],"dcterms_type":["StillImage","Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["University of Southern Mississippi. Libraries"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["https://usm.access.preservica.com/uncategorized/IO_5bf2183f-6f39-4495-b345-3d07ef4a9417"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["University Libraries provides access to these materials for educational and research purposes. Use of materials from this collection beyond the exceptions provided for in the Fair Use and Educational Use clauses of the U.S. Copyright Law may violate federal law. When possible, we have provided information regarding the copyright right status of an item; however, the information we have may not be accurate or complete. Obtaining permissions to publish or otherwise use is the sole responsibility of the user."],"dcterms_medium":["documents (object genre)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"pth_bcja_metapth595270","title":"Citizen Focus - Accountability in Government","collection_id":"pth_bcja","collection_title":"Barbara C. Jordan Archives","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Texas, Travis County, Austin, 30.26715, -97.74306"],"dcterms_creator":["Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996"],"dc_date":["1995-11-03"],"dcterms_description":["Text of a speech given by Barbara C. Jordan at the UT Symposium: Managing for Results. The speech is entitled \"Citizen Focus - Accountability in Government.\""],"dc_format":["image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":["local-cont-no: TSOU_0440-001-008","ark: ark:/67531/metapth595270"],"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["African American women politicians--Texas","Speeches, addresses, etc.","University of Texas","Congresses and conventions--Texas--Austin","Responsibility--Texas--Austin"],"dcterms_title":["Citizen Focus - Accountability in Government","Texas Senate Papers"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Texas Southern University. Library"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://texashistory.unt.edu/ark:/67531/metapth595270/"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["speeches (documents)"],"dcterms_extent":["8 p. ; 28 cm."],"dlg_subject_personal":["Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null}],"pages":{"current_page":472,"next_page":473,"prev_page":471,"total_pages":6797,"limit_value":12,"offset_value":5652,"total_count":81557,"first_page?":false,"last_page?":false},"facets":[{"name":"educator_resource_mediums_sms","items":[{"value":"lesson plans","hits":319},{"value":"teaching guides","hits":53},{"value":"timelines (chronologies)","hits":43},{"value":"online exhibitions","hits":38},{"value":"bibliographies","hits":15},{"value":"study guides","hits":11},{"value":"annotated bibliographies","hits":9},{"value":"learning modules","hits":6},{"value":"worksheets","hits":6},{"value":"slide shows","hits":4},{"value":"quizzes","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"type_facet","items":[{"value":"Text","hits":40428},{"value":"StillImage","hits":35298},{"value":"MovingImage","hits":4529},{"value":"Sound","hits":3226},{"value":"Collection","hits":41},{"value":"InteractiveResource","hits":25}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"creator_facet","items":[{"value":"Peppler, Jim","hits":4965},{"value":"Phay, John E.","hits":4712},{"value":"University of Mississippi. Bureau of Educational Research","hits":4707},{"value":"Baldowski, Clifford H., 1917-1999","hits":2599},{"value":"Mississippi State Sovereignty Commission","hits":2255},{"value":"Thurmond, Strom, 1902-2003","hits":2077},{"value":"WSB-TV (Television station : Atlanta, Ga.)","hits":1475},{"value":"Newman, I. DeQuincey (Isaiah DeQuincey), 1911-1985","hits":1003},{"value":"The State Media Company (Columbia, S.C.)","hits":926},{"value":"Atlanta Journal-Constitution","hits":844},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":778}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_facet","items":[{"value":"African Americans--Civil rights","hits":9445},{"value":"Civil rights","hits":8328},{"value":"African Americans","hits":5912},{"value":"Mississippi--Race relations","hits":5750},{"value":"Race relations","hits":5604},{"value":"Education, Secondary","hits":5083},{"value":"Education, Elementary","hits":4729},{"value":"Segregation in education--Mississippi","hits":4727},{"value":"Education--Pictorial works","hits":4707},{"value":"Civil rights demonstrations","hits":4440},{"value":"Civil rights workers","hits":3536}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_personal_facet","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966--Correspondence","hits":1888},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1815},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1709},{"value":"Baker, Augusta, 1911-1998","hits":1495},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1312},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1071},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":858},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":814},{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":719},{"value":"Mizell, M. Hayes","hits":674},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":626}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"name_authoritative_sms","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":2598},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1915},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1704},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1331},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1070},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":856},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":806},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":625},{"value":"Connor, Eugene, 1897-1973","hits":605},{"value":"Snelling, Paula","hits":580},{"value":"Williams, Hosea, 1926-2000","hits":440}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"event_title_sms","items":[{"value":"Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Nobel Prize","hits":1769},{"value":"Ole Miss Integration","hits":1670},{"value":"Housing Act of 1961","hits":969},{"value":"Little Rock Central High School Integration","hits":853},{"value":"Memphis Sanitation Workers Strike","hits":366},{"value":"Selma-Montgomery March","hits":337},{"value":"Freedom Summer","hits":306},{"value":"Freedom Rides","hits":214},{"value":"Poor People's Campaign","hits":180},{"value":"University of Georgia Integration","hits":173},{"value":"University of Alabama Integration","hits":140}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"location_facet","items":[{"value":"United States, 39.76, -98.5","hits":17987},{"value":"United States, Georgia, Fulton County, Atlanta, 33.749, -84.38798","hits":5437},{"value":"United States, Alabama, Montgomery County, Montgomery, 32.36681, -86.29997","hits":5151},{"value":"United States, Georgia, 32.75042, -83.50018","hits":4847},{"value":"United States, South Carolina, 34.00043, -81.00009","hits":4599},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","hits":4328},{"value":"United States, Alabama, 32.75041, -86.75026","hits":3948},{"value":"United States, Mississippi, 32.75041, -89.75036","hits":2910},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","hits":2580},{"value":"United States, Tennessee, Shelby County, Memphis, 35.14953, -90.04898","hits":2580},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959","hits":2536}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"us_states_facet","items":[{"value":"Georgia","hits":12823},{"value":"Alabama","hits":11313},{"value":"Mississippi","hits":10220},{"value":"South Carolina","hits":8493},{"value":"Arkansas","hits":4733},{"value":"Texas","hits":4399},{"value":"Tennessee","hits":3786},{"value":"Florida","hits":2602},{"value":"Ohio","hits":2403},{"value":"North Carolina","hits":1875},{"value":"New York","hits":1840}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"year_facet","items":[{"value":"1966","hits":10632},{"value":"1963","hits":10287},{"value":"1965","hits":10218},{"value":"1956","hits":9840},{"value":"1955","hits":9619},{"value":"1964","hits":9365},{"value":"1968","hits":9345},{"value":"1962","hits":9247},{"value":"1967","hits":8897},{"value":"1957","hits":8523},{"value":"1961","hits":8282},{"value":"1958","hits":8259},{"value":"1959","hits":8061},{"value":"1960","hits":7948},{"value":"1969","hits":7348},{"value":"1954","hits":7240},{"value":"1950","hits":7118},{"value":"1953","hits":6969},{"value":"1970","hits":6835},{"value":"1971","hits":6425},{"value":"1977","hits":6367},{"value":"1972","hits":6254},{"value":"1952","hits":6162},{"value":"1951","hits":6046},{"value":"1975","hits":5894},{"value":"1976","hits":5863},{"value":"1974","hits":5849},{"value":"1973","hits":5689},{"value":"1979","hits":5416},{"value":"1978","hits":5405},{"value":"1980","hits":5366},{"value":"1995","hits":4885},{"value":"1981","hits":4811},{"value":"1994","hits":4704},{"value":"1948","hits":4597},{"value":"1949","hits":4573},{"value":"1996","hits":4542},{"value":"1982","hits":4417},{"value":"1947","hits":4317},{"value":"1985","hits":4313},{"value":"1998","hits":4281},{"value":"1983","hits":4261},{"value":"1997","hits":4258},{"value":"1984","hits":4152},{"value":"1999","hits":4074},{"value":"1946","hits":4047},{"value":"1945","hits":4018},{"value":"1986","hits":4006},{"value":"1990","hits":3988},{"value":"1943","hits":3900},{"value":"1944","hits":3896},{"value":"2000","hits":3894},{"value":"2001","hits":3876},{"value":"1942","hits":3868},{"value":"1940","hits":3765},{"value":"1941","hits":3758},{"value":"1987","hits":3744},{"value":"2002","hits":3624},{"value":"1991","hits":3553},{"value":"1936","hits":3507},{"value":"1939","hits":3501},{"value":"1992","hits":3500},{"value":"2003","hits":3489},{"value":"1993","hits":3478},{"value":"1938","hits":3466},{"value":"1937","hits":3450},{"value":"1989","hits":3441},{"value":"1930","hits":3378},{"value":"1988","hits":3355},{"value":"1935","hits":3307},{"value":"1933","hits":3271},{"value":"1934","hits":3271},{"value":"1932","hits":3255},{"value":"1931","hits":3240},{"value":"2005","hits":3143},{"value":"2004","hits":2995},{"value":"2006","hits":2860},{"value":"1929","hits":2790},{"value":"1928","hits":2272},{"value":"1921","hits":2124},{"value":"1925","hits":2040},{"value":"1927","hits":2026},{"value":"1924","hits":2012},{"value":"2016","hits":2011},{"value":"1926","hits":2010},{"value":"1920","hits":1976},{"value":"1923","hits":1955},{"value":"1922","hits":1929},{"value":"2007","hits":1715},{"value":"2008","hits":1664},{"value":"2011","hits":1661},{"value":"2009","hits":1624},{"value":"2019","hits":1623},{"value":"2015","hits":1613},{"value":"2013","hits":1604},{"value":"2010","hits":1601},{"value":"2014","hits":1567},{"value":"2012","hits":1553},{"value":"1919","hits":1533},{"value":"1918","hits":1531}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null},"min":"0193","max":"2035","count":506439,"missing":56},{"name":"medium_facet","items":[{"value":"photographs","hits":10710},{"value":"correspondence","hits":9628},{"value":"black-and-white photographs","hits":7678},{"value":"negatives (photographs)","hits":7513},{"value":"documents (object genre)","hits":4462},{"value":"letters (correspondence)","hits":3623},{"value":"oral histories (literary works)","hits":3607},{"value":"black-and-white negatives","hits":2771},{"value":"editorial cartoons","hits":2620},{"value":"newspapers","hits":1955},{"value":"manuscripts (documents)","hits":1692}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"rights_facet","items":[{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/","hits":41201},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/","hits":17721},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/UND/1.0/","hits":8830},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/CNE/1.0/","hits":7090},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/","hits":2186},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/","hits":1778},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-CR/1.0/","hits":1115},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/","hits":145},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NKC/1.0/","hits":60},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-RUU/1.0/","hits":51},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/","hits":27}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"collection_titles_sms","items":[{"value":"Jim Peppler Southern Courier Photograph Collection","hits":4956},{"value":"John E. Phay Collection ","hits":4706},{"value":"John J. Herrera Papers","hits":3288},{"value":"Baldy Editorial Cartoons, 1946-1982, 1997: Clifford H. Baldowski Editorial Cartoons at the Richard B. Russell Library.","hits":2607},{"value":"Sovereignty Commission Online","hits":2335},{"value":"Strom Thurmond Collection, Mss 100","hits":2068},{"value":"Alabama Media Group Collection","hits":2067},{"value":"Black Trailblazers, Leaders, Activists, and Intellectuals in Cleveland","hits":2033},{"value":"Rosa Parks Papers","hits":1948},{"value":"Isaiah DeQuincey Newman, (1911-1985), Papers, 1929-2003","hits":1904},{"value":"Lillian Eugenia Smith Papers (circa 1920-1980)","hits":1887}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"provenance_facet","items":[{"value":"John Davis Williams Library. Department of Archives and Special Collections","hits":8885},{"value":"Alabama. Department of Archives and History","hits":8153},{"value":"South Caroliniana Library","hits":4251},{"value":"Atlanta University Center Robert W. Woodruff Library","hits":4102},{"value":"University of North Texas. Libraries","hits":3854},{"value":"University of South Carolina. Libraries","hits":3438},{"value":"Hargrett Library","hits":3292},{"value":"Richard B. Russell Library for Political Research and Studies","hits":2874},{"value":"Mississippi. Department of Archives and History","hits":2825},{"value":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies","hits":2785},{"value":"Rhodes College","hits":2264}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"class_name","items":[{"value":"Item","hits":81102},{"value":"Collection","hits":455}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"educator_resource_b","items":[{"value":"false","hits":81360},{"value":"true","hits":197}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}}]}}